Mercurial > projects > ldc
annotate dmd/mtype.c @ 1626:8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
---
dmd/expression.c | 7 +++----
dmd/expression.h | 2 +-
dmd/mtype.c | 34 ++++++++--------------------------
3 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 31 deletions(-)
| author | Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com> |
|---|---|
| date | Wed, 06 Jan 2010 15:18:23 -0300 |
| parents | 1d48eced441f |
| children | e83f0778c260 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 159 | 1 |
| 2 // Compiler implementation of the D programming language | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3 // Copyright (c) 1999-2009 by Digital Mars |
| 159 | 4 // All Rights Reserved |
| 5 // written by Walter Bright | |
| 6 // http://www.digitalmars.com | |
| 7 // License for redistribution is by either the Artistic License | |
| 8 // in artistic.txt, or the GNU General Public License in gnu.txt. | |
| 9 // See the included readme.txt for details. | |
| 10 | |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
11 #define __C99FEATURES__ 1 // Needed on Solaris for NaN and more |
| 159 | 12 #define __USE_ISOC99 1 // so signbit() gets defined |
|
872
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
13 |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
14 #if (defined (__SVR4) && defined (__sun)) |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
15 #include <alloca.h> |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
16 #endif |
|
aa953cc960b6
Apply BlueZeniX's patch for OpenSolaris compatibility. Fixes #158.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
846
diff
changeset
|
17 |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
18 #ifdef __DMC__ |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
19 #include <math.h> |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
20 #else |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
21 #include <cmath> |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
22 #endif |
| 159 | 23 |
| 24 #include <stdio.h> | |
| 25 #include <assert.h> | |
| 26 #include <float.h> | |
| 27 | |
| 28 #if _MSC_VER | |
| 29 #include <malloc.h> | |
| 30 #include <complex> | |
| 31 #include <limits> | |
| 32 #elif __DMC__ | |
| 33 #include <complex.h> | |
|
285
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
34 #elif __MINGW32__ |
|
297690b5d4a5
[svn r306] Fixed: it's now possible to compile and link llvmdc with MinGW32 and msys on Win32 :D I tried it myself ;) Building the runtime still needs some work, but it's a step in the right direction.
lindquist
parents:
270
diff
changeset
|
35 #include <malloc.h> |
| 159 | 36 #endif |
| 37 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "rmem.h" |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
39 #include "port.h" |
| 159 | 40 |
| 41 #include "dsymbol.h" | |
| 42 #include "mtype.h" | |
| 43 #include "scope.h" | |
| 44 #include "init.h" | |
| 45 #include "expression.h" | |
| 46 #include "attrib.h" | |
| 47 #include "declaration.h" | |
| 48 #include "template.h" | |
| 49 #include "id.h" | |
| 50 #include "enum.h" | |
| 51 #include "import.h" | |
| 52 #include "aggregate.h" | |
| 53 #include "hdrgen.h" | |
| 54 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
55 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
56 //#include "gen/tollvm.h" |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
57 Ir* Type::sir = NULL; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
58 unsigned GetTypeAlignment(Ir* ir, Type* t); |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
59 #endif |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
60 |
| 159 | 61 FuncDeclaration *hasThis(Scope *sc); |
| 62 | |
| 63 | |
| 64 #define LOGDOTEXP 0 // log ::dotExp() | |
| 65 #define LOGDEFAULTINIT 0 // log ::defaultInit() | |
| 66 | |
| 67 // Allow implicit conversion of T[] to T* | |
| 68 #define IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR global.params.useDeprecated | |
| 69 | |
| 70 /* These have default values for 32 bit code, they get | |
| 71 * adjusted for 64 bit code. | |
| 72 */ | |
| 73 | |
| 74 int PTRSIZE = 4; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
75 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
76 /* REALSIZE = size a real consumes in memory |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
77 * REALPAD = 'padding' added to the CPU real size to bring it up to REALSIZE |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
78 * REALALIGNSIZE = alignment for reals |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
79 */ |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
80 #if TARGET_OSX |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
81 int REALSIZE = 16; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
82 int REALPAD = 6; |
|
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
83 int REALALIGNSIZE = 16; |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
84 #elif TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
| 159 | 85 int REALSIZE = 12; |
| 86 int REALPAD = 2; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
87 int REALALIGNSIZE = 4; |
| 159 | 88 #else |
| 89 int REALSIZE = 10; | |
| 90 int REALPAD = 0; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
91 int REALALIGNSIZE = 2; |
| 159 | 92 #endif |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
93 |
| 159 | 94 int Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
| 95 int Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; | |
| 96 | |
|
1393
04177061f98d
Patch to allow compiling LDC with MinGW, by `mp4 / [1]jaffa` (slightly edited).
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1367
diff
changeset
|
97 #if _WIN32 && !defined __MINGW32__ |
|
1257
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
98 static double zero = 0; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
99 double Port::nan = NAN; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
100 double Port::infinity = 1/zero; |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
101 #endif |
|
7af860e4f403
Changes for mingw to compile properly
Kelly Wilson <wilsonk cpsc.ucalgary.ca>
parents:
1245
diff
changeset
|
102 |
| 159 | 103 /***************************** Type *****************************/ |
| 104 | |
| 105 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfo; | |
| 106 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoclass; | |
| 107 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfointerface; | |
| 108 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostruct; | |
| 109 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypedef; | |
| 110 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfopointer; | |
| 111 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoarray; | |
| 112 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfostaticarray; | |
| 113 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoassociativearray; | |
| 114 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfoenum; | |
| 115 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfofunction; | |
| 116 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfodelegate; | |
| 117 ClassDeclaration *Type::typeinfotypelist; | |
| 118 | |
| 119 Type *Type::tvoidptr; | |
| 120 Type *Type::basic[TMAX]; | |
| 121 unsigned char Type::mangleChar[TMAX]; | |
| 122 StringTable Type::stringtable; | |
| 123 | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
124 #if IN_LLVM |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
125 StringTable Type::deco_stringtable; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
126 #endif |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
127 |
| 159 | 128 |
| 129 Type::Type(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 130 { | |
| 131 this->ty = ty; | |
| 132 this->mod = 0; | |
| 133 this->next = next; | |
| 134 this->deco = NULL; | |
| 336 | 135 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 136 this->cto = NULL; |
| 137 this->ito = NULL; | |
| 138 #endif | |
| 139 this->pto = NULL; | |
| 140 this->rto = NULL; | |
| 141 this->arrayof = NULL; | |
| 142 this->vtinfo = NULL; | |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
143 #if IN_DMD |
| 159 | 144 this->ctype = NULL; |
|
1146
1860414bf3b7
* Moved ir/irsymbol.cpp/h into ir/irdsymbol.cpp/h.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1133
diff
changeset
|
145 #endif |
|
1192
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
146 |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
147 #if IN_LLVM |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
148 this->irtype = NULL; |
|
3251ce06c820
Started seperating type resolution from the rest of codegen again, the merge had too many regressions.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1188
diff
changeset
|
149 #endif |
| 159 | 150 } |
| 151 | |
| 152 Type *Type::syntaxCopy() | |
| 153 { | |
| 154 print(); | |
| 155 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", ty); | |
| 156 assert(0); | |
| 157 return this; | |
| 158 } | |
| 159 | |
| 160 int Type::equals(Object *o) | |
| 161 { Type *t; | |
| 162 | |
| 163 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 164 //printf("Type::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 165 if (this == o || | |
| 166 (t && deco == t->deco) && // deco strings are unique | |
| 167 deco != NULL) // and semantic() has been run | |
| 168 { | |
| 169 //printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 170 return 1; | |
| 171 } | |
| 172 //if (deco && t && t->deco) printf("deco = '%s', t->deco = '%s'\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 173 return 0; | |
| 174 } | |
| 175 | |
| 176 char Type::needThisPrefix() | |
| 177 { | |
| 178 return 'M'; // name mangling prefix for functions needing 'this' | |
| 179 } | |
| 180 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
181 #if IN_LLVM |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
182 void Type::init(Ir* _sir) |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
183 #else |
| 159 | 184 void Type::init() |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
185 #endif |
| 159 | 186 { int i; |
| 187 int j; | |
| 188 | |
| 189 Lexer::initKeywords(); | |
| 190 | |
| 191 mangleChar[Tarray] = 'A'; | |
| 192 mangleChar[Tsarray] = 'G'; | |
| 193 mangleChar[Taarray] = 'H'; | |
| 194 mangleChar[Tpointer] = 'P'; | |
| 195 mangleChar[Treference] = 'R'; | |
| 196 mangleChar[Tfunction] = 'F'; | |
| 197 mangleChar[Tident] = 'I'; | |
| 198 mangleChar[Tclass] = 'C'; | |
| 199 mangleChar[Tstruct] = 'S'; | |
| 200 mangleChar[Tenum] = 'E'; | |
| 201 mangleChar[Ttypedef] = 'T'; | |
| 202 mangleChar[Tdelegate] = 'D'; | |
| 203 | |
| 204 mangleChar[Tnone] = 'n'; | |
| 205 mangleChar[Tvoid] = 'v'; | |
| 206 mangleChar[Tint8] = 'g'; | |
| 207 mangleChar[Tuns8] = 'h'; | |
| 208 mangleChar[Tint16] = 's'; | |
| 209 mangleChar[Tuns16] = 't'; | |
| 210 mangleChar[Tint32] = 'i'; | |
| 211 mangleChar[Tuns32] = 'k'; | |
| 212 mangleChar[Tint64] = 'l'; | |
| 213 mangleChar[Tuns64] = 'm'; | |
| 214 mangleChar[Tfloat32] = 'f'; | |
| 215 mangleChar[Tfloat64] = 'd'; | |
| 216 mangleChar[Tfloat80] = 'e'; | |
| 217 | |
| 218 mangleChar[Timaginary32] = 'o'; | |
| 219 mangleChar[Timaginary64] = 'p'; | |
| 220 mangleChar[Timaginary80] = 'j'; | |
| 221 mangleChar[Tcomplex32] = 'q'; | |
| 222 mangleChar[Tcomplex64] = 'r'; | |
| 223 mangleChar[Tcomplex80] = 'c'; | |
| 224 | |
| 225 mangleChar[Tbool] = 'b'; | |
| 226 mangleChar[Tascii] = 'a'; | |
| 227 mangleChar[Twchar] = 'u'; | |
| 228 mangleChar[Tdchar] = 'w'; | |
| 229 | |
| 230 mangleChar[Tbit] = '@'; | |
| 231 mangleChar[Tinstance] = '@'; | |
| 232 mangleChar[Terror] = '@'; | |
| 233 mangleChar[Ttypeof] = '@'; | |
| 234 mangleChar[Ttuple] = 'B'; | |
| 235 mangleChar[Tslice] = '@'; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
236 mangleChar[Treturn] = '@'; |
| 159 | 237 |
| 238 for (i = 0; i < TMAX; i++) | |
| 239 { if (!mangleChar[i]) | |
| 240 fprintf(stdmsg, "ty = %d\n", i); | |
| 241 assert(mangleChar[i]); | |
| 242 } | |
| 243 | |
| 244 // Set basic types | |
| 245 static TY basetab[] = | |
| 246 { Tvoid, Tint8, Tuns8, Tint16, Tuns16, Tint32, Tuns32, Tint64, Tuns64, | |
| 247 Tfloat32, Tfloat64, Tfloat80, | |
| 248 Timaginary32, Timaginary64, Timaginary80, | |
| 249 Tcomplex32, Tcomplex64, Tcomplex80, | |
| 250 Tbit, Tbool, | |
| 251 Tascii, Twchar, Tdchar }; | |
| 252 | |
| 253 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(basetab) / sizeof(basetab[0]); i++) | |
| 254 basic[basetab[i]] = new TypeBasic(basetab[i]); | |
| 255 basic[Terror] = basic[Tint32]; | |
| 256 | |
| 257 tvoidptr = tvoid->pointerTo(); | |
| 258 | |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
259 // LDC |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
260 sir = _sir; |
|
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
261 |
|
270
d9d5d59873d8
[svn r291] Fixed a bunch of the old Phobos tests to work with Tango.
lindquist
parents:
243
diff
changeset
|
262 // set size_t / ptrdiff_t types and pointer size |
| 159 | 263 if (global.params.is64bit) |
| 264 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
265 Tsize_t = Tuns64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
266 Tptrdiff_t = Tint64; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
267 PTRSIZE = 8; |
| 159 | 268 } |
| 269 else | |
| 270 { | |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
271 Tsize_t = Tuns32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
272 Tptrdiff_t = Tint32; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
273 PTRSIZE = 4; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
274 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
275 |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
276 // set real size and padding |
|
445
cc40db549aea
Changed the handling of variadic intrinsics a bit.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
389
diff
changeset
|
277 if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86) |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
278 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
279 REALSIZE = 12; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
280 REALPAD = 2; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
281 } |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
282 else if (global.params.cpu == ARCHx86_64) |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
283 { |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
284 REALSIZE = 16; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
285 REALPAD = 6; |
|
243
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
286 } |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
287 else |
|
4d006f7b2ada
[svn r260] Changed some of the LLVMDC specific code in the Tango core and did some minor cleanups.
lindquist
parents:
217
diff
changeset
|
288 { |
|
742
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
289 REALSIZE = 8; |
|
05e7657a7811
Fix REALSIZE, REALPAD and alignment of double and real for x86-64.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
739
diff
changeset
|
290 REALPAD = 0; |
| 159 | 291 } |
| 292 } | |
| 293 | |
| 294 d_uns64 Type::size() | |
| 295 { | |
| 296 return size(0); | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 | |
| 299 d_uns64 Type::size(Loc loc) | |
| 300 { | |
| 301 error(loc, "no size for type %s", toChars()); | |
| 302 return 1; | |
| 303 } | |
| 304 | |
| 305 unsigned Type::alignsize() | |
| 306 { | |
| 307 return size(0); | |
| 308 } | |
| 309 | |
| 310 Type *Type::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 311 { | |
| 312 if (next) | |
| 313 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 314 return merge(); | |
| 315 } | |
| 316 | |
| 317 Type *Type::pointerTo() | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 if (!pto) | |
| 320 { Type *t; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 t = new TypePointer(this); | |
| 323 pto = t->merge(); | |
| 324 } | |
| 325 return pto; | |
| 326 } | |
| 327 | |
| 328 Type *Type::referenceTo() | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 if (!rto) | |
| 331 { Type *t; | |
| 332 | |
| 333 t = new TypeReference(this); | |
| 334 rto = t->merge(); | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 return rto; | |
| 337 } | |
| 338 | |
| 339 Type *Type::arrayOf() | |
| 340 { | |
| 341 if (!arrayof) | |
| 342 { Type *t; | |
| 343 | |
| 344 t = new TypeDArray(this); | |
| 345 arrayof = t->merge(); | |
| 346 } | |
| 347 return arrayof; | |
| 348 } | |
| 349 | |
| 350 Dsymbol *Type::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 351 { | |
| 352 return NULL; | |
| 353 } | |
| 354 | |
| 355 /******************************* | |
| 356 * If this is a shell around another type, | |
| 357 * get that other type. | |
| 358 */ | |
| 359 | |
| 360 Type *Type::toBasetype() | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 return this; | |
| 363 } | |
| 364 | |
| 365 /******************************** | |
| 366 * Name mangling. | |
| 367 */ | |
| 368 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
369 void Type::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 370 { |
| 371 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 372 if (next) | |
| 373 { | |
| 374 assert(next != this); | |
| 375 //printf("this = %p, ty = %d, next = %p, ty = %d\n", this, this->ty, next, next->ty); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
376 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 377 } |
| 378 } | |
| 379 | |
| 380 /******************************** | |
| 381 * For pretty-printing a type. | |
| 382 */ | |
| 383 | |
| 384 char *Type::toChars() | |
| 385 { OutBuffer *buf; | |
| 386 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 387 | |
| 388 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 389 toCBuffer(buf, NULL, &hgs); | |
| 390 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 391 } | |
| 392 | |
| 393 void Type::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 396 if (ident) | |
| 397 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 398 buf->writestring(ident->toChars()); | |
| 399 } | |
| 400 } | |
| 401 | |
| 402 void Type::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 405 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 406 return; | |
| 407 } | |
| 408 buf->writestring(toChars()); | |
| 409 } | |
| 410 | |
| 411 void Type::toCBuffer3(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 412 { | |
| 413 if (mod != this->mod) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
414 { const char *p; |
| 159 | 415 |
| 416 switch (this->mod) | |
| 417 { | |
| 418 case 0: | |
| 419 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 420 break; | |
| 421 case MODconst: | |
| 422 p = "const("; | |
| 423 goto L1; | |
|
1619
c61782a76dff
Merge DMD r304: refactor invariant => immutable
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1617
diff
changeset
|
424 case MODimmutable: |
| 159 | 425 p = "invariant("; |
| 426 L1: buf->writestring(p); | |
| 427 toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 428 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 429 break; | |
| 430 default: | |
| 431 assert(0); | |
| 432 } | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 | |
| 437 /************************************ | |
| 438 */ | |
| 439 | |
| 440 Type *Type::merge() | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
441 { |
| 159 | 442 //printf("merge(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
443 Type *t = this; |
| 159 | 444 assert(t); |
| 445 if (!deco) | |
| 446 { | |
| 447 if (next) | |
| 448 next = next->merge(); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
449 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
450 OutBuffer buf; |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
451 toDecoBuffer(&buf, false); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
452 StringValue *sv = stringtable.update((char *)buf.data, buf.offset); |
| 159 | 453 if (sv->ptrvalue) |
| 454 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; | |
| 455 assert(t->deco); | |
| 456 //printf("old value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); | |
| 457 } | |
| 458 else | |
| 459 { | |
| 460 sv->ptrvalue = this; | |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
461 |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
462 // we still need deco strings to be unique |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
463 // or Type::equals fails, which breaks a bunch of stuff, |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
464 // like covariant member function overloads. |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
465 OutBuffer mangle; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
466 toDecoBuffer(&mangle, true); |
|
1245
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
467 StringValue* sv2 = deco_stringtable.update((char *)mangle.data, mangle.offset); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
468 if (sv2->ptrvalue) |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
469 { Type* t2 = (Type *) sv2->ptrvalue; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
470 assert(t2->deco); |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
471 deco = t2->deco; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
472 } |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
473 else |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
474 { |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
475 sv2->ptrvalue = this; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
476 deco = (char *)sv2->lstring.string; |
|
465a77c904d4
Fixed all issues preventing Tango 0.99.8 to compile with `sh build-tango.sh --verbose ldc'.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1228
diff
changeset
|
477 } |
| 159 | 478 //printf("new value, deco = '%s' %p\n", t->deco, t->deco); |
| 479 } | |
| 480 } | |
| 481 return t; | |
| 482 } | |
| 483 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
484 /************************************* |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
485 * This version does a merge even if the deco is already computed. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
486 * Necessary for types that have a deco, but are not merged. |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
487 */ |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
488 Type *Type::merge2() |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
489 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
490 //printf("merge2(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
491 Type *t = this; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
492 assert(t); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
493 if (!t->deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
494 return t->merge(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
495 |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
496 StringValue *sv = deco_stringtable.lookup((char *)t->deco, strlen(t->deco)); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
497 if (sv && sv->ptrvalue) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
498 { t = (Type *) sv->ptrvalue; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
499 assert(t->deco); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
500 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
501 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
502 assert(0); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
503 return t; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
505 |
| 159 | 506 int Type::isbit() |
| 507 { | |
| 508 return FALSE; | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 | |
| 511 int Type::isintegral() | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 return FALSE; | |
| 514 } | |
| 515 | |
| 516 int Type::isfloating() | |
| 517 { | |
| 518 return FALSE; | |
| 519 } | |
| 520 | |
| 521 int Type::isreal() | |
| 522 { | |
| 523 return FALSE; | |
| 524 } | |
| 525 | |
| 526 int Type::isimaginary() | |
| 527 { | |
| 528 return FALSE; | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 | |
| 531 int Type::iscomplex() | |
| 532 { | |
| 533 return FALSE; | |
| 534 } | |
| 535 | |
| 536 int Type::isscalar() | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 return FALSE; | |
| 539 } | |
| 540 | |
| 541 int Type::isunsigned() | |
| 542 { | |
| 543 return FALSE; | |
| 544 } | |
| 545 | |
| 546 ClassDeclaration *Type::isClassHandle() | |
| 547 { | |
| 548 return NULL; | |
| 549 } | |
| 550 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
551 int Type::isscope() |
| 159 | 552 { |
| 553 return FALSE; | |
| 554 } | |
| 555 | |
| 556 int Type::isString() | |
| 557 { | |
| 558 return FALSE; | |
| 559 } | |
| 560 | |
| 561 int Type::checkBoolean() | |
| 562 { | |
| 563 return isscalar(); | |
| 564 } | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /********************************* | |
| 567 * Check type to see if it is based on a deprecated symbol. | |
| 568 */ | |
| 569 | |
| 570 void Type::checkDeprecated(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 571 { | |
| 572 Type *t; | |
| 573 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 574 | |
| 575 for (t = this; t; t = t->next) | |
| 576 { | |
| 577 s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 578 if (s) | |
| 579 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); | |
| 580 } | |
| 581 } | |
| 582 | |
| 583 | |
| 584 Expression *Type::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 585 { | |
| 586 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 587 printf("Type::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 588 #endif | |
| 589 return NULL; | |
| 590 } | |
| 591 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
592 int Type::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 593 { |
| 594 return 0; // assume not | |
| 595 } | |
| 596 | |
| 597 int Type::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 598 { | |
| 599 return 0; // assume not | |
| 600 } | |
| 601 | |
| 602 /******************************** | |
| 603 * Determine if 'this' can be implicitly converted | |
| 604 * to type 'to'. | |
| 605 * Returns: | |
| 606 * 0 can't convert | |
| 607 * 1 can convert using implicit conversions | |
| 608 * 2 this and to are the same type | |
| 609 */ | |
| 610 | |
| 611 MATCH Type::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 612 { | |
| 613 //printf("Type::implicitConvTo(this=%p, to=%p)\n", this, to); | |
| 614 //printf("\tthis->next=%p, to->next=%p\n", this->next, to->next); | |
| 615 if (this == to) | |
| 616 return MATCHexact; | |
| 617 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 618 // return 1; | |
| 619 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 620 } | |
| 621 | |
| 622 Expression *Type::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 623 { Expression *e; | |
| 624 | |
| 625 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 626 printf("Type::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 627 #endif | |
| 628 if (ident == Id::__sizeof) | |
| 629 { | |
| 630 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 631 } | |
| 632 else if (ident == Id::size) | |
| 633 { | |
| 634 error(loc, ".size property should be replaced with .sizeof"); | |
| 635 e = new IntegerExp(loc, size(loc), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 636 } | |
| 637 else if (ident == Id::alignof) | |
| 638 { | |
| 639 e = new IntegerExp(loc, alignsize(), Type::tsize_t); | |
| 640 } | |
| 641 else if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 642 { | |
| 643 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 644 error(loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 645 e = getTypeInfo(NULL); | |
| 646 } | |
| 647 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 648 { | |
| 649 if (ty == Tvoid) | |
| 650 error(loc, "void does not have an initializer"); | |
| 651 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 652 } | |
| 653 else if (ident == Id::mangleof) | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
654 { const char *s; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
655 if (!deco) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
656 { s = toChars(); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
657 error(loc, "forward reference of type %s.mangleof", s); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
658 } |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
659 else |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
660 s = deco; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
661 e = new StringExp(loc, (char *)s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
| 159 | 662 Scope sc; |
| 663 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 664 } | |
| 665 else if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 666 { char *s = toChars(); | |
| 667 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 668 Scope sc; | |
| 669 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 670 } | |
| 671 else | |
| 672 { | |
| 673 error(loc, "no property '%s' for type '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 674 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 675 } | |
| 676 return e; | |
| 677 } | |
| 678 | |
| 679 Expression *Type::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 680 { VarDeclaration *v = NULL; | |
| 681 | |
| 682 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 683 printf("Type::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 684 #endif | |
| 685 if (e->op == TOKdotvar) | |
| 686 { | |
| 687 DotVarExp *dv = (DotVarExp *)e; | |
| 688 v = dv->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 689 } | |
| 690 else if (e->op == TOKvar) | |
| 691 { | |
| 692 VarExp *ve = (VarExp *)e; | |
| 693 v = ve->var->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 694 } | |
| 695 if (v) | |
| 696 { | |
| 697 if (ident == Id::offset) | |
| 698 { | |
| 699 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 700 error(e->loc, ".offset deprecated, use .offsetof"); | |
| 701 goto Loffset; | |
| 702 } | |
| 703 else if (ident == Id::offsetof) | |
| 704 { | |
| 705 Loffset: | |
| 706 if (v->storage_class & STCfield) | |
| 707 { | |
| 708 e = new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 709 return e; | |
| 710 } | |
| 711 } | |
| 712 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 713 { | |
| 714 #if 0 | |
| 715 if (v->init) | |
| 716 { | |
| 717 if (v->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 718 error(e->loc, "%s.init is void", v->toChars()); | |
| 719 else | |
| 720 { Loc loc = e->loc; | |
| 721 e = v->init->toExpression(); | |
| 722 if (e->op == TOKassign || e->op == TOKconstruct) | |
| 723 { | |
| 724 e = ((AssignExp *)e)->e2; | |
| 725 | |
| 726 /* Take care of case where we used a 0 | |
| 727 * to initialize the struct. | |
| 728 */ | |
| 729 if (e->type == Type::tint32 && | |
| 730 e->isBool(0) && | |
| 731 v->type->toBasetype()->ty == Tstruct) | |
| 732 { | |
| 733 e = v->type->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 734 } | |
| 735 } | |
| 736 e = e->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 737 // if (!e->isConst()) | |
| 738 // error(loc, ".init cannot be evaluated at compile time"); | |
| 739 } | |
| 740 return e; | |
| 741 } | |
| 742 #endif | |
| 743 Expression *ex = defaultInit(e->loc); | |
| 744 return ex; | |
| 745 } | |
| 746 } | |
| 747 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 750 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 751 e = getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 752 return e; | |
| 753 } | |
| 754 if (ident == Id::stringof) | |
| 755 { char *s = e->toChars(); | |
| 756 e = new StringExp(e->loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); | |
| 757 Scope sc; | |
| 758 e = e->semantic(&sc); | |
| 759 return e; | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 762 } | |
| 763 | |
| 764 unsigned Type::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 765 { | |
| 766 return salign; | |
| 767 } | |
| 768 | |
| 769 void Type::error(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) | |
| 770 { | |
| 771 va_list ap; | |
| 772 va_start(ap, format); | |
| 773 ::verror(loc, format, ap); | |
| 774 va_end( ap ); | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
777 void Type::warning(Loc loc, const char *format, ...) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
778 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
779 if (global.params.warnings && !global.gag) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
781 va_list ap; |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
782 va_start(ap, format); |
|
1124
e7f0c2b48047
Fix a bug where ::warning() was called with a va_list argument instead of an
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1103
diff
changeset
|
783 ::vwarning(loc, format, ap); |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
784 va_end( ap ); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
785 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
786 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
787 |
| 159 | 788 Identifier *Type::getTypeInfoIdent(int internal) |
| 789 { | |
| 790 // _init_10TypeInfo_%s | |
| 791 OutBuffer buf; | |
| 792 Identifier *id; | |
| 793 char *name; | |
| 794 int len; | |
| 795 | |
| 796 //toTypeInfoBuffer(&buf); | |
| 797 if (internal) | |
| 798 { buf.writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 799 if (ty == Tarray) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
800 buf.writeByte(mangleChar[((TypeArray *)this)->next->ty]); |
| 159 | 801 } |
| 802 else | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
803 toDecoBuffer(&buf, true); |
| 159 | 804 len = buf.offset; |
| 805 name = (char *)alloca(19 + sizeof(len) * 3 + len + 1); | |
| 806 buf.writeByte(0); | |
| 807 sprintf(name, "_D%dTypeInfo_%s6__initZ", 9 + len, buf.data); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
808 // LDC |
|
375
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
809 // it is not clear where the underscore that's stripped here is added back in |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
810 // if (global.params.isWindows) |
|
3c4460b988bd
Do not strip the leading underscore for typeinfo mangles on Windows.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
336
diff
changeset
|
811 // name++; // C mangling will add it back in |
| 159 | 812 //printf("name = %s\n", name); |
| 813 id = Lexer::idPool(name); | |
| 814 return id; | |
| 815 } | |
| 816 | |
| 817 TypeBasic *Type::isTypeBasic() | |
| 818 { | |
| 819 return NULL; | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 | |
| 822 | |
| 823 void Type::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 824 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
825 //printf("Type::resolve() %s, %d\n", toChars(), ty); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
826 Type *t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 827 *pt = t; |
| 828 *pe = NULL; | |
| 829 *ps = NULL; | |
| 830 } | |
| 831 | |
| 832 /******************************* | |
| 833 * If one of the subtypes of this type is a TypeIdentifier, | |
| 834 * i.e. it's an unresolved type, return that type. | |
| 835 */ | |
| 836 | |
| 837 Type *Type::reliesOnTident() | |
| 838 { | |
| 839 if (!next) | |
| 840 return NULL; | |
| 841 else | |
| 842 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 843 } | |
| 844 | |
| 845 /******************************** | |
| 846 * We've mistakenly parsed this as a type. | |
| 847 * Redo it as an Expression. | |
| 848 * NULL if cannot. | |
| 849 */ | |
| 850 | |
| 851 Expression *Type::toExpression() | |
| 852 { | |
| 853 return NULL; | |
| 854 } | |
| 855 | |
| 856 /*************************************** | |
| 857 * Return !=0 if type has pointers that need to | |
| 858 * be scanned by the GC during a collection cycle. | |
| 859 */ | |
| 860 | |
| 861 int Type::hasPointers() | |
| 862 { | |
| 863 return FALSE; | |
| 864 } | |
| 865 | |
| 866 /* ============================= TypeBasic =========================== */ | |
| 867 | |
| 868 TypeBasic::TypeBasic(TY ty) | |
| 869 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
870 { const char *c; |
|
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
871 const char *d; |
| 159 | 872 unsigned flags; |
| 873 | |
| 874 #define TFLAGSintegral 1 | |
| 875 #define TFLAGSfloating 2 | |
| 876 #define TFLAGSunsigned 4 | |
| 877 #define TFLAGSreal 8 | |
| 878 #define TFLAGSimaginary 0x10 | |
| 879 #define TFLAGScomplex 0x20 | |
| 880 | |
| 881 flags = 0; | |
| 882 switch (ty) | |
| 883 { | |
| 884 case Tvoid: d = Token::toChars(TOKvoid); | |
| 885 c = "void"; | |
| 886 break; | |
| 887 | |
| 888 case Tint8: d = Token::toChars(TOKint8); | |
| 889 c = "byte"; | |
| 890 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 891 break; | |
| 892 | |
| 893 case Tuns8: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns8); | |
| 894 c = "ubyte"; | |
| 895 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 896 break; | |
| 897 | |
| 898 case Tint16: d = Token::toChars(TOKint16); | |
| 899 c = "short"; | |
| 900 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 901 break; | |
| 902 | |
| 903 case Tuns16: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns16); | |
| 904 c = "ushort"; | |
| 905 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 906 break; | |
| 907 | |
| 908 case Tint32: d = Token::toChars(TOKint32); | |
| 909 c = "int"; | |
| 910 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 911 break; | |
| 912 | |
| 913 case Tuns32: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns32); | |
| 914 c = "uint"; | |
| 915 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 916 break; | |
| 917 | |
| 918 case Tfloat32: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat32); | |
| 919 c = "float"; | |
| 920 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 921 break; | |
| 922 | |
| 923 case Tint64: d = Token::toChars(TOKint64); | |
| 924 c = "long"; | |
| 925 flags |= TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 926 break; | |
| 927 | |
| 928 case Tuns64: d = Token::toChars(TOKuns64); | |
| 929 c = "ulong"; | |
| 930 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 931 break; | |
| 932 | |
| 933 case Tfloat64: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat64); | |
| 934 c = "double"; | |
| 935 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 936 break; | |
| 937 | |
| 938 case Tfloat80: d = Token::toChars(TOKfloat80); | |
| 939 c = "real"; | |
| 940 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSreal; | |
| 941 break; | |
| 942 | |
| 943 case Timaginary32: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary32); | |
| 944 c = "ifloat"; | |
| 945 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 946 break; | |
| 947 | |
| 948 case Timaginary64: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary64); | |
| 949 c = "idouble"; | |
| 950 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 951 break; | |
| 952 | |
| 953 case Timaginary80: d = Token::toChars(TOKimaginary80); | |
| 954 c = "ireal"; | |
| 955 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 956 break; | |
| 957 | |
| 958 case Tcomplex32: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex32); | |
| 959 c = "cfloat"; | |
| 960 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 961 break; | |
| 962 | |
| 963 case Tcomplex64: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex64); | |
| 964 c = "cdouble"; | |
| 965 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 966 break; | |
| 967 | |
| 968 case Tcomplex80: d = Token::toChars(TOKcomplex80); | |
| 969 c = "creal"; | |
| 970 flags |= TFLAGSfloating | TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 971 break; | |
| 972 | |
| 973 | |
| 974 case Tbit: d = Token::toChars(TOKbit); | |
| 975 c = "bit"; | |
| 976 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 977 break; | |
| 978 | |
| 979 case Tbool: d = "bool"; | |
| 980 c = d; | |
| 981 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 982 break; | |
| 983 | |
| 984 case Tascii: d = Token::toChars(TOKchar); | |
| 985 c = "char"; | |
| 986 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 987 break; | |
| 988 | |
| 989 case Twchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKwchar); | |
| 990 c = "wchar"; | |
| 991 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 992 break; | |
| 993 | |
| 994 case Tdchar: d = Token::toChars(TOKdchar); | |
| 995 c = "dchar"; | |
| 996 flags |= TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 997 break; | |
| 998 | |
| 999 default: assert(0); | |
| 1000 } | |
| 1001 this->dstring = d; | |
| 1002 this->cstring = c; | |
| 1003 this->flags = flags; | |
| 1004 merge(); | |
| 1005 } | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 Type *TypeBasic::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1008 { | |
| 1009 // No semantic analysis done on basic types, no need to copy | |
| 1010 return this; | |
| 1011 } | |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 char *TypeBasic::toChars() | |
| 1015 { | |
|
658
50383e476c7e
Upgraded frontend to DMD 1.035
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
642
diff
changeset
|
1016 return (char *)dstring; |
| 159 | 1017 } |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 void TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 1020 { | |
| 1021 //printf("TypeBasic::toCBuffer2(mod = %d, this->mod = %d)\n", mod, this->mod); | |
| 1022 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 1023 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 1024 return; | |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 buf->writestring(dstring); | |
| 1027 } | |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 d_uns64 TypeBasic::size(Loc loc) | |
| 1030 { unsigned size; | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 //printf("TypeBasic::size()\n"); | |
| 1033 switch (ty) | |
| 1034 { | |
| 1035 case Tint8: | |
| 1036 case Tuns8: size = 1; break; | |
| 1037 case Tint16: | |
| 1038 case Tuns16: size = 2; break; | |
| 1039 case Tint32: | |
| 1040 case Tuns32: | |
| 1041 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1042 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1043 size = 4; break; | |
| 1044 case Tint64: | |
| 1045 case Tuns64: | |
| 1046 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1047 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1048 size = 8; break; | |
| 1049 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1050 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1051 size = REALSIZE; break; | |
| 1052 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1053 size = 8; break; | |
| 1054 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1055 size = 16; break; | |
| 1056 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1057 size = REALSIZE * 2; break; | |
| 1058 | |
| 1059 case Tvoid: | |
| 1060 //size = Type::size(); // error message | |
| 1061 size = 1; | |
| 1062 break; | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 case Tbit: size = 1; break; | |
| 1065 case Tbool: size = 1; break; | |
| 1066 case Tascii: size = 1; break; | |
| 1067 case Twchar: size = 2; break; | |
| 1068 case Tdchar: size = 4; break; | |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 default: | |
| 1071 assert(0); | |
| 1072 break; | |
| 1073 } | |
| 1074 //printf("TypeBasic::size() = %d\n", size); | |
| 1075 return size; | |
| 1076 } | |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 unsigned TypeBasic::alignsize() | |
|
1009
b1b23a64ad8c
Use LLVM alignment data instead of hand-picked.
Frits van Bommel <fvbommel wxs.nl>
parents:
1008
diff
changeset
|
1079 { |
|
1014
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1080 if (ty == Tvoid) |
|
47f8b54f90b3
Fixed alignsize for void types. (it's one byte)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1009
diff
changeset
|
1081 return 1; |
|
1147
dbe4af57b240
Changed use of toObjFile to a new codegen method.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1146
diff
changeset
|
1082 return GetTypeAlignment(sir, this); |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1083 #if TARGET_LINUX || TARGET_OSX || TARGET_FREEBSD || TARGET_SOLARIS |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1084 case Tint64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1085 case Tuns64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1086 case Tfloat64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1087 case Timaginary64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1088 case Tcomplex32: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1089 case Tcomplex64: |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1090 sz = 4; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1091 break; |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1092 #endif |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1093 |
| 159 | 1094 } |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | |
| 1097 Expression *TypeBasic::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1098 { | |
| 1099 Expression *e; | |
| 1100 d_int64 ivalue; | |
| 1101 #ifdef IN_GCC | |
| 1102 real_t fvalue; | |
| 1103 #else | |
| 1104 d_float80 fvalue; | |
| 1105 #endif | |
| 1106 | |
| 1107 //printf("TypeBasic::getProperty('%s')\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 1108 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 1109 { | |
| 1110 switch (ty) | |
| 1111 { | |
| 1112 case Tint8: ivalue = 0x7F; goto Livalue; | |
| 1113 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1114 case Tint16: ivalue = 0x7FFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1115 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1116 case Tint32: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1117 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1118 case Tint64: ivalue = 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1119 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFULL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1120 case Tbit: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1121 case Tbool: ivalue = 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1122 case Tchar: ivalue = 0xFF; goto Livalue; | |
| 1123 case Twchar: ivalue = 0xFFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1124 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0x10FFFFUL; goto Livalue; | |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1127 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1128 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1129 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1130 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1131 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MAX; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1132 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1133 case Timaginary80: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1134 case Tfloat80: fvalue = Port::ldbl_max; goto Lfvalue; |
| 159 | 1135 } |
| 1136 } | |
| 1137 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 switch (ty) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 case Tint8: ivalue = -128; goto Livalue; | |
| 1142 case Tuns8: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1143 case Tint16: ivalue = -32768; goto Livalue; | |
| 1144 case Tuns16: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1145 case Tint32: ivalue = -2147483647L - 1; goto Livalue; | |
| 1146 case Tuns32: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1147 case Tint64: ivalue = (-9223372036854775807LL-1LL); goto Livalue; | |
| 1148 case Tuns64: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1149 case Tbit: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1150 case Tbool: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1151 case Tchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1152 case Twchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1153 case Tdchar: ivalue = 0; goto Livalue; | |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1156 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1157 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1158 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1159 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1160 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1161 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1162 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1163 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_MIN; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1164 } | |
| 1165 } | |
| 1166 else if (ident == Id::nan) | |
| 1167 { | |
| 1168 switch (ty) | |
| 1169 { | |
| 1170 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1171 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1172 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1173 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1174 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1175 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1176 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1177 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1178 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1179 { | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1180 fvalue = Port::nan; |
| 159 | 1181 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1182 } | |
| 1183 } | |
| 1184 } | |
| 1185 else if (ident == Id::infinity) | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 switch (ty) | |
| 1188 { | |
| 1189 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1190 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1191 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1192 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1193 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1194 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1195 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1196 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1197 case Tfloat80: | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1198 fvalue = Port::infinity; |
| 159 | 1199 goto Lfvalue; |
| 1200 } | |
| 1201 } | |
| 1202 else if (ident == Id::dig) | |
| 1203 { | |
| 1204 switch (ty) | |
| 1205 { | |
| 1206 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1207 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1208 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1209 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1210 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1211 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1212 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1213 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1214 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1215 } | |
| 1216 } | |
| 1217 else if (ident == Id::epsilon) | |
| 1218 { | |
| 1219 switch (ty) | |
| 1220 { | |
| 1221 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1222 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1223 case Tfloat32: fvalue = FLT_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1224 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1225 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1226 case Tfloat64: fvalue = DBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1227 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1228 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1229 case Tfloat80: fvalue = LDBL_EPSILON; goto Lfvalue; | |
| 1230 } | |
| 1231 } | |
| 1232 else if (ident == Id::mant_dig) | |
| 1233 { | |
| 1234 switch (ty) | |
| 1235 { | |
| 1236 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1237 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1238 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1239 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1240 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1241 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1242 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1243 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1244 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MANT_DIG; goto Lint; | |
| 1245 } | |
| 1246 } | |
| 1247 else if (ident == Id::max_10_exp) | |
| 1248 { | |
| 1249 switch (ty) | |
| 1250 { | |
| 1251 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1252 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1253 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1254 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1255 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1256 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1257 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1258 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1259 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1260 } | |
| 1261 } | |
| 1262 else if (ident == Id::max_exp) | |
| 1263 { | |
| 1264 switch (ty) | |
| 1265 { | |
| 1266 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1267 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1268 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1269 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1270 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1271 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1272 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1273 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1274 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MAX_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1275 } | |
| 1276 } | |
| 1277 else if (ident == Id::min_10_exp) | |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 switch (ty) | |
| 1280 { | |
| 1281 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1282 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1283 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1284 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1285 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1286 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1287 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1288 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1289 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_10_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1290 } | |
| 1291 } | |
| 1292 else if (ident == Id::min_exp) | |
| 1293 { | |
| 1294 switch (ty) | |
| 1295 { | |
| 1296 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1297 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1298 case Tfloat32: ivalue = FLT_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1299 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1300 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1301 case Tfloat64: ivalue = DBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1302 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1303 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1304 case Tfloat80: ivalue = LDBL_MIN_EXP; goto Lint; | |
| 1305 } | |
| 1306 } | |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 Ldefault: | |
| 1309 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 1310 | |
| 1311 Livalue: | |
| 1312 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, this); | |
| 1313 return e; | |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 Lfvalue: | |
| 1316 if (isreal() || isimaginary()) | |
| 1317 e = new RealExp(loc, fvalue, this); | |
| 1318 else | |
| 1319 { | |
| 1320 complex_t cvalue; | |
| 1321 | |
| 1322 #if __DMC__ | |
| 1323 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[0] = fvalue; | |
| 1324 //((real_t *)&cvalue)[1] = fvalue; | |
| 1325 cvalue = fvalue + fvalue * I; | |
| 1326 #else | |
| 1327 cvalue.re = fvalue; | |
| 1328 cvalue.im = fvalue; | |
| 1329 #endif | |
| 1330 //for (int i = 0; i < 20; i++) | |
| 1331 // printf("%02x ", ((unsigned char *)&cvalue)[i]); | |
| 1332 //printf("\n"); | |
| 1333 e = new ComplexExp(loc, cvalue, this); | |
| 1334 } | |
| 1335 return e; | |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 Lint: | |
| 1338 e = new IntegerExp(loc, ivalue, Type::tint32); | |
| 1339 return e; | |
| 1340 } | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 Expression *TypeBasic::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1343 { | |
| 1344 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1345 printf("TypeBasic::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1346 #endif | |
| 1347 Type *t; | |
| 1348 | |
| 1349 if (ident == Id::re) | |
| 1350 { | |
| 1351 switch (ty) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 case Tcomplex32: t = tfloat32; goto L1; | |
| 1354 case Tcomplex64: t = tfloat64; goto L1; | |
| 1355 case Tcomplex80: t = tfloat80; goto L1; | |
| 1356 L1: | |
| 1357 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1358 break; | |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1361 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1362 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1363 break; | |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L2; | |
| 1366 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L2; | |
| 1367 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L2; | |
| 1368 L2: | |
| 1369 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, t); | |
| 1370 break; | |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 default: | |
| 1373 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1374 } | |
| 1375 } | |
| 1376 else if (ident == Id::im) | |
| 1377 { Type *t2; | |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 switch (ty) | |
| 1380 { | |
| 1381 case Tcomplex32: t = timaginary32; t2 = tfloat32; goto L3; | |
| 1382 case Tcomplex64: t = timaginary64; t2 = tfloat64; goto L3; | |
| 1383 case Tcomplex80: t = timaginary80; t2 = tfloat80; goto L3; | |
| 1384 L3: | |
| 1385 e = e->castTo(sc, t); | |
| 1386 e->type = t2; | |
| 1387 break; | |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 case Timaginary32: t = tfloat32; goto L4; | |
| 1390 case Timaginary64: t = tfloat64; goto L4; | |
| 1391 case Timaginary80: t = tfloat80; goto L4; | |
| 1392 L4: | |
| 1393 e->type = t; | |
| 1394 break; | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1397 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1398 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1399 e = new RealExp(0, 0.0, this); | |
| 1400 break; | |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 default: | |
| 1403 return Type::getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 1404 } | |
| 1405 } | |
| 1406 else | |
| 1407 { | |
| 1408 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 return e; | |
| 1411 } | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 Expression *TypeBasic::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1414 { dinteger_t value = 0; |
| 159 | 1415 |
| 1416 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 1417 printf("TypeBasic::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 1418 #endif | |
| 1419 switch (ty) | |
| 1420 { | |
|
591
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1421 case Tvoid: |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1422 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, Type::tbool); |
|
e6bcc4d9e5ff
Add _d_newarrayvT and _d_newarraymvT to create arrays without initialization.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
585
diff
changeset
|
1423 |
| 159 | 1424 case Tchar: |
| 1425 value = 0xFF; | |
| 1426 break; | |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 case Twchar: | |
| 1429 case Tdchar: | |
| 1430 value = 0xFFFF; | |
| 1431 break; | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1434 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1435 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1436 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1437 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1438 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1439 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1440 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1441 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1442 return getProperty(loc, Id::nan); | |
| 1443 } | |
| 1444 return new IntegerExp(loc, value, this); | |
| 1445 } | |
| 1446 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
1447 int TypeBasic::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 1448 { |
| 1449 switch (ty) | |
| 1450 { | |
| 1451 case Tchar: | |
| 1452 case Twchar: | |
| 1453 case Tdchar: | |
| 1454 case Timaginary32: | |
| 1455 case Timaginary64: | |
| 1456 case Timaginary80: | |
| 1457 case Tfloat32: | |
| 1458 case Tfloat64: | |
| 1459 case Tfloat80: | |
| 1460 case Tcomplex32: | |
| 1461 case Tcomplex64: | |
| 1462 case Tcomplex80: | |
| 1463 return 0; // no | |
| 1464 } | |
| 1465 return 1; // yes | |
| 1466 } | |
| 1467 | |
| 1468 int TypeBasic::isbit() | |
| 1469 { | |
| 1470 return (ty == Tbit); | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 int TypeBasic::isintegral() | |
| 1474 { | |
| 1475 //printf("TypeBasic::isintegral('%s') x%x\n", toChars(), flags); | |
| 1476 return flags & TFLAGSintegral; | |
| 1477 } | |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 int TypeBasic::isfloating() | |
| 1480 { | |
| 1481 return flags & TFLAGSfloating; | |
| 1482 } | |
| 1483 | |
| 1484 int TypeBasic::isreal() | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 return flags & TFLAGSreal; | |
| 1487 } | |
| 1488 | |
| 1489 int TypeBasic::isimaginary() | |
| 1490 { | |
| 1491 return flags & TFLAGSimaginary; | |
| 1492 } | |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 int TypeBasic::iscomplex() | |
| 1495 { | |
| 1496 return flags & TFLAGScomplex; | |
| 1497 } | |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 int TypeBasic::isunsigned() | |
| 1500 { | |
| 1501 return flags & TFLAGSunsigned; | |
| 1502 } | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 int TypeBasic::isscalar() | |
| 1505 { | |
| 1506 return flags & (TFLAGSintegral | TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1507 } | |
| 1508 | |
| 1509 MATCH TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 1510 { | |
| 1511 //printf("TypeBasic::implicitConvTo(%s) from %s\n", to->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 1512 if (this == to) | |
| 1513 return MATCHexact; | |
| 1514 | |
| 1515 if (ty == Tvoid || to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 1516 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1587 | 1517 if (to->ty == Tbool) |
| 1518 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 159 | 1519 if (!to->isTypeBasic()) |
| 1520 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 TypeBasic *tob = (TypeBasic *)to; | |
| 1523 if (flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1524 { | |
| 1525 // Disallow implicit conversion of integers to imaginary or complex | |
| 1526 if (tob->flags & (TFLAGSimaginary | TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1527 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1528 | |
| 1587 | 1529 #if DMDV2 |
| 159 | 1530 // If converting to integral |
| 1531 if (0 && global.params.Dversion > 1 && tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1532 { d_uns64 sz = size(0); | |
| 1533 d_uns64 tosz = tob->size(0); | |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 /* Can't convert to smaller size or, if same size, change sign | |
| 1536 */ | |
| 1537 if (sz > tosz) | |
| 1538 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 /*if (sz == tosz && (flags ^ tob->flags) & TFLAGSunsigned) | |
| 1541 return MATCHnomatch;*/ | |
| 1542 } | |
| 1587 | 1543 #endif |
| 159 | 1544 } |
| 1545 else if (flags & TFLAGSfloating) | |
| 1546 { | |
| 1547 // Disallow implicit conversion of floating point to integer | |
| 1548 if (tob->flags & TFLAGSintegral) | |
| 1549 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1550 | |
| 1551 assert(tob->flags & TFLAGSfloating); | |
| 1552 | |
| 1553 // Disallow implicit conversion from complex to non-complex | |
| 1554 if (flags & TFLAGScomplex && !(tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex)) | |
| 1555 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 // Disallow implicit conversion of real or imaginary to complex | |
| 1558 if (flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary) && | |
| 1559 tob->flags & TFLAGScomplex) | |
| 1560 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 // Disallow implicit conversion to-from real and imaginary | |
| 1563 if ((flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary)) != | |
| 1564 (tob->flags & (TFLAGSreal | TFLAGSimaginary))) | |
| 1565 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 1566 } | |
| 1567 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 1568 } | |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 TypeBasic *TypeBasic::isTypeBasic() | |
| 1571 { | |
| 1572 return (TypeBasic *)this; | |
| 1573 } | |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 /***************************** TypeArray *****************************/ | |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 TypeArray::TypeArray(TY ty, Type *next) | |
| 1578 : Type(ty, next) | |
| 1579 { | |
| 1580 } | |
| 1581 | |
| 1582 Expression *TypeArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 1583 { | |
| 1584 Type *n = this->next->toBasetype(); // uncover any typedef's | |
| 1585 | |
| 1586 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 1587 printf("TypeArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 1588 #endif | |
| 1589 if (ident == Id::reverse && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1590 { | |
| 1591 Expression *ec; | |
| 1592 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1593 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1594 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1595 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1596 if(!adReverseChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1597 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1598 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1599 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1600 adReverseChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1601 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1602 static FuncDeclaration *adReverseWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1603 if(!adReverseWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1604 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1605 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1606 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1607 adReverseWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adReverseWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1608 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1610 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1611 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1612 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1613 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverseChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1614 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1615 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1616 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1617 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1618 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1619 } | |
| 1620 else if (ident == Id::sort && (n->ty == Tchar || n->ty == Twchar)) | |
| 1621 { | |
| 1622 Expression *ec; | |
| 1623 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1624 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1625 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1626 static FuncDeclaration *adSortChar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1627 if(!adSortChar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1628 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1629 Type* arrty = Type::tchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1630 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1631 adSortChar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortChar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1632 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1633 static FuncDeclaration *adSortWchar_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1634 if(!adSortWchar_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1635 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1636 Type* arrty = Type::twchar->arrayOf(); |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1637 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, arrty, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1638 adSortWchar_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, arrty, "_adSortWchar"); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1639 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1641 if(n->ty == Twchar) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1642 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortWchar_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1643 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1644 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortChar_fd); |
| 159 | 1645 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1646 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1647 arguments->push(e); | |
| 1648 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 1649 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1650 } | |
| 1651 else if (ident == Id::reverse || ident == Id::dup) | |
| 1652 { | |
| 1653 Expression *ec; | |
| 1654 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 1655 int size = next->size(e->loc); | |
| 1656 int dup; | |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 assert(size); | |
| 1659 dup = (ident == Id::dup); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1660 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1661 static FuncDeclaration *adDup_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1662 if(!adDup_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1663 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1664 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1665 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1666 adDup_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adDup); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1667 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1668 static FuncDeclaration *adReverse_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1669 if(!adReverse_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1670 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1671 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1672 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1673 adReverse_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::adReverse); |
|
378
d8234836b40f
Get rid of runTimeHack and instead add proper argument info to the frontend
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
375
diff
changeset
|
1674 } |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1676 if(dup) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1677 ec = new VarExp(0, adDup_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1678 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1679 ec = new VarExp(0, adReverse_fd); |
| 159 | 1680 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1681 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 1682 if (dup) | |
| 1683 arguments->push(getTypeInfo(sc)); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1684 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1685 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1686 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1687 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1688 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1689 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1690 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1691 |
| 159 | 1692 if (!dup) |
|
881
1c2faa8325d1
Fixed 64bit problem in mtype.c with _adReverse runtime call, fixes #161 .
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
875
diff
changeset
|
1693 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 159 | 1694 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1695 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 else if (ident == Id::sort) | |
| 1698 { | |
| 1699 Expression *ec; | |
| 1700 Expressions *arguments; | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1701 bool isBit = (n->ty == Tbit); |
| 159 | 1702 |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1703 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1704 static FuncDeclaration *adSort_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1705 if(!adSort_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1706 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1707 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1708 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1709 adSort_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSort"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1710 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1711 static FuncDeclaration *adSortBit_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1712 if(!adSortBit_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1713 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1714 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1715 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1716 adSortBit_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), "_adSortBit"); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1717 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1718 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1719 if(isBit) |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1720 ec = new VarExp(0, adSortBit_fd); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1721 else |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
1722 ec = new VarExp(0, adSort_fd); |
| 159 | 1723 e = e->castTo(sc, n->arrayOf()); // convert to dynamic array |
| 1724 arguments = new Expressions(); | |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1726 // LDC repaint array type to void[] |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1727 if (n->ty != Tvoid) { |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1728 e = new CastExp(e->loc, e, e->type); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1729 e->type = Type::tvoid->arrayOf(); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1730 } |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1731 arguments->push(e); |
|
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
1732 |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1733 if (next->ty != Tbit) |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
1734 arguments->push(n->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC, we don't support the getInternalTypeInfo |
|
509
337554fd34f1
Fixed mini/missingti.d
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
489
diff
changeset
|
1735 // optimization arbitrarily, not yet at least... |
| 159 | 1736 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 1737 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 else | |
| 1740 { | |
| 1741 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 1742 } | |
| 1743 return e; | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 /***************************** TypeSArray *****************************/ | |
| 1748 | |
| 1749 TypeSArray::TypeSArray(Type *t, Expression *dim) | |
| 1750 : TypeArray(Tsarray, t) | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 //printf("TypeSArray(%s)\n", dim->toChars()); | |
| 1753 this->dim = dim; | |
| 1754 } | |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 Type *TypeSArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 1757 { | |
| 1758 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1759 Expression *e = dim->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 1760 t = new TypeSArray(t, e); | |
| 1761 return t; | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 d_uns64 TypeSArray::size(Loc loc) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1765 { dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 1766 |
| 1767 if (!dim) | |
| 1768 return Type::size(loc); | |
| 1769 sz = dim->toInteger(); | |
| 1770 if (next->toBasetype()->ty == Tbit) // if array of bits | |
| 1771 { | |
| 1772 if (sz + 31 < sz) | |
| 1773 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1774 sz = ((sz + 31) & ~31) / 8; // size in bytes, rounded up to 32 bit dwords | |
| 1775 } | |
| 1776 else | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1777 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1778 |
| 1779 n = next->size(); | |
| 1780 n2 = n * sz; | |
| 1781 if (n && (n2 / n) != sz) | |
| 1782 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1783 sz = n2; | |
| 1784 } | |
| 1785 return sz; | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 Loverflow: | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1788 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", sz); |
| 159 | 1789 return 1; |
| 1790 } | |
| 1791 | |
| 1792 unsigned TypeSArray::alignsize() | |
| 1793 { | |
| 1794 return next->alignsize(); | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 /************************** | |
| 1798 * This evaluates exp while setting length to be the number | |
| 1799 * of elements in the tuple t. | |
| 1800 */ | |
| 1801 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, Type *t, Expression *exp) | |
| 1802 { | |
| 1803 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 1804 { ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol((TypeTuple *)t); | |
| 1805 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1806 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 sc->pop(); | |
| 1811 } | |
| 1812 else | |
| 1813 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1814 return exp; | |
| 1815 } | |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 Expression *semanticLength(Scope *sc, TupleDeclaration *s, Expression *exp) | |
| 1818 { | |
| 1819 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(s); | |
| 1820 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1821 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 sc->pop(); | |
| 1826 return exp; | |
| 1827 } | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 void TypeSArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 //printf("TypeSArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1832 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1833 //printf("s = %p, e = %p, t = %p\n", *ps, *pe, *pt); | |
| 1834 if (*pe) | |
| 1835 { // It's really an index expression | |
| 1836 Expression *e; | |
| 1837 e = new IndexExp(loc, *pe, dim); | |
| 1838 *pe = e; | |
| 1839 } | |
| 1840 else if (*ps) | |
| 1841 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 1842 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1843 if (td) | |
| 1844 { | |
| 1845 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 1846 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 1847 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 dim = dim->semantic(sc); | |
| 1850 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1851 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 if (d >= td->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1856 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1857 goto Ldefault; |
| 1858 } | |
| 1859 Object *o = (Object *)td->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1860 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 1861 { | |
| 1862 *ps = (Dsymbol *)o; | |
| 1863 return; | |
| 1864 } | |
| 1865 if (o->dyncast() == DYNCAST_EXPRESSION) | |
| 1866 { | |
| 1867 *ps = NULL; | |
| 1868 *pe = (Expression *)o; | |
| 1869 return; | |
| 1870 } | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 1873 * is a slice [d..d+1] out of the old one. | |
| 1874 * Do it this way because TemplateInstance::semanticTiargs() | |
| 1875 * can handle unresolved Objects this way. | |
| 1876 */ | |
| 1877 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 1878 objects->setDim(1); | |
| 1879 objects->data[0] = o; | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 1882 *ps = tds; | |
| 1883 } | |
| 1884 else | |
| 1885 goto Ldefault; | |
| 1886 } | |
| 1887 else | |
| 1888 { | |
| 1889 Ldefault: | |
| 1890 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 1891 } | |
| 1892 } | |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 Type *TypeSArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 1895 { | |
| 1896 //printf("TypeSArray::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 Type *t; | |
| 1899 Expression *e; | |
| 1900 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 1901 next->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 1902 if (dim && s && s->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 1903 { TupleDeclaration *sd = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 1904 | |
| 1905 dim = semanticLength(sc, sd, dim); | |
| 1906 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
| 1907 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 if (d >= sd->objects->dim) | |
|
1133
eeb8b95ea92e
Cleanup DMD 1.041 merge.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1124
diff
changeset
|
1910 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, sd->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 1911 return Type::terror; |
| 1912 } | |
| 1913 Object *o = (Object *)sd->objects->data[(size_t)d]; | |
| 1914 if (o->dyncast() != DYNCAST_TYPE) | |
| 1915 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", toChars()); | |
| 1916 return Type::terror; | |
| 1917 } | |
| 1918 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 1919 return t; | |
| 1920 } | |
| 1921 | |
| 1922 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 1923 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 if (dim) | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1926 { dinteger_t n, n2; |
| 159 | 1927 |
| 1928 dim = semanticLength(sc, tbn, dim); | |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue | WANTinterpret); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1931 if (sc && sc->parameterSpecialization && dim->op == TOKvar && |
| 159 | 1932 ((VarExp *)dim)->var->storage_class & STCtemplateparameter) |
| 1933 { | |
| 1934 /* It could be a template parameter N which has no value yet: | |
| 1935 * template Foo(T : T[N], size_t N); | |
| 1936 */ | |
| 1937 return this; | |
| 1938 } | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1939 dinteger_t d1 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1940 dim = dim->castTo(sc, tsize_t); |
| 1941 dim = dim->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
1942 dinteger_t d2 = dim->toInteger(); |
| 159 | 1943 |
| 1944 if (d1 != d2) | |
| 1945 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 if (tbn->isintegral() || | |
| 1948 tbn->isfloating() || | |
| 1949 tbn->ty == Tpointer || | |
| 1950 tbn->ty == Tarray || | |
| 1951 tbn->ty == Tsarray || | |
| 1952 tbn->ty == Taarray || | |
| 1953 tbn->ty == Tclass) | |
| 1954 { | |
| 1955 /* Only do this for types that don't need to have semantic() | |
| 1956 * run on them for the size, since they may be forward referenced. | |
| 1957 */ | |
| 1958 n = tbn->size(loc); | |
| 1959 n2 = n * d2; | |
| 1960 if ((int)n2 < 0) | |
| 1961 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1962 if (n2 >= 0x1000000) // put a 'reasonable' limit on it | |
| 1963 goto Loverflow; | |
| 1964 if (n && n2 / n != d2) | |
| 1965 { | |
| 1966 Loverflow: | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1967 error(loc, "index %jd overflow for static array", d1); |
| 159 | 1968 dim = new IntegerExp(0, 1, tsize_t); |
| 1969 } | |
| 1970 } | |
| 1971 } | |
| 1972 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 1973 { | |
| 1974 case Ttuple: | |
| 1975 { // Index the tuple to get the type | |
| 1976 assert(dim); | |
| 1977 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 1978 uinteger_t d = dim->toUInteger(); | |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 if (d >= tt->arguments->dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
1981 { error(loc, "tuple index %ju exceeds %u", d, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 1982 return Type::terror; |
| 1983 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
1984 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[(size_t)d]; |
| 159 | 1985 return arg->type; |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 case Tfunction: | |
| 1988 case Tnone: | |
| 1989 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 1990 tbn = next = tint32; | |
| 1991 break; | |
| 1992 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1993 if (tbn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
1994 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tbn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 1995 return merge(); |
| 1996 } | |
| 1997 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
1998 void TypeSArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 1999 { |
| 2000 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2001 if (dim) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
2002 buf->printf("%ju", dim->toInteger()); |
| 159 | 2003 if (next) |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2004 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2005 } |
| 2006 | |
| 2007 void TypeSArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2008 { | |
| 2009 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2010 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2011 return; | |
| 2012 } | |
| 2013 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2014 buf->printf("[%s]", dim->toChars()); | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 Expression *TypeSArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2018 { | |
| 2019 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2020 printf("TypeSArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2021 #endif | |
| 2022 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2023 { | |
| 2024 e = dim; | |
| 2025 } | |
| 2026 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2027 { | |
| 2028 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2029 } | |
| 2030 else | |
| 2031 { | |
| 2032 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2033 } | |
| 2034 return e; | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 int TypeSArray::isString() | |
| 2038 { | |
| 2039 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2040 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2041 } | |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 unsigned TypeSArray::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 2044 { | |
| 2045 return next->memalign(salign); | |
| 2046 } | |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 MATCH TypeSArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 //printf("TypeSArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 // Allow implicit conversion of static array to pointer or dynamic array | |
| 2053 if ((IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && to->ty == Tpointer) && | |
| 2054 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) | |
| 2055 /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2056 { | |
| 2057 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2058 } | |
| 2059 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2060 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 if (next->equals(to->next) || | |
| 2063 (to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2064 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2065 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2066 } | |
| 2067 #if 0 | |
| 2068 if (to->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2069 { | |
| 2070 TypeSArray *tsa = (TypeSArray *)to; | |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 if (next->equals(tsa->next) && dim->equals(tsa->dim)) | |
| 2073 { | |
| 2074 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2075 } | |
| 2076 } | |
| 2077 #endif | |
| 2078 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2079 } | |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 Expression *TypeSArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2082 { | |
| 2083 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2084 printf("TypeSArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2085 #endif | |
| 2086 return next->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 2087 } | |
| 2088 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2089 int TypeSArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2090 { |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2091 return next->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 2092 } |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 Expression *TypeSArray::toExpression() | |
| 2096 { | |
| 2097 Expression *e = next->toExpression(); | |
| 2098 if (e) | |
| 2099 { Expressions *arguments = new Expressions(); | |
| 2100 arguments->push(dim); | |
| 2101 e = new ArrayExp(dim->loc, e, arguments); | |
| 2102 } | |
| 2103 return e; | |
| 2104 } | |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 int TypeSArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2107 { | |
| 2108 return next->hasPointers(); | |
| 2109 } | |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 /***************************** TypeDArray *****************************/ | |
| 2112 | |
| 2113 TypeDArray::TypeDArray(Type *t) | |
| 2114 : TypeArray(Tarray, t) | |
| 2115 { | |
| 2116 //printf("TypeDArray(t = %p)\n", t); | |
| 2117 } | |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 Type *TypeDArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2120 { | |
| 2121 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2122 if (t == next) | |
| 2123 t = this; | |
| 2124 else | |
| 2125 t = new TypeDArray(t); | |
| 2126 return t; | |
| 2127 } | |
| 2128 | |
| 2129 d_uns64 TypeDArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 //printf("TypeDArray::size()\n"); | |
| 2132 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 unsigned TypeDArray::alignsize() | |
| 2136 { | |
| 2137 // A DArray consists of two ptr-sized values, so align it on pointer size | |
| 2138 // boundary | |
| 2139 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2140 } | |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 Type *TypeDArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2143 { Type *tn = next; | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 tn = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2146 Type *tbn = tn->toBasetype(); | |
| 2147 switch (tbn->ty) | |
| 2148 { | |
| 2149 case Tfunction: | |
| 2150 case Tnone: | |
| 2151 case Ttuple: | |
| 2152 error(loc, "can't have array of %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 2153 tn = next = tint32; | |
| 2154 break; | |
| 2155 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2156 if (tn->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2157 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", tn->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2158 if (next != tn) |
| 2159 //deco = NULL; // redo | |
| 2160 return tn->arrayOf(); | |
| 2161 return merge(); | |
| 2162 } | |
| 2163 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2164 void TypeDArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2165 { |
| 2166 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
| 2167 if (next) | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2168 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2169 } |
| 2170 | |
| 2171 void TypeDArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2172 { | |
| 2173 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2174 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2175 return; | |
| 2176 } | |
| 2177 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2178 buf->writestring("[]"); | |
| 2179 } | |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 Expression *TypeDArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2182 { | |
| 2183 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2184 printf("TypeDArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2185 #endif | |
| 2186 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2187 { | |
| 2188 if (e->op == TOKstring) | |
| 2189 { StringExp *se = (StringExp *)e; | |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 return new IntegerExp(se->loc, se->len, Type::tindex); | |
| 2192 } | |
| 2193 e = new ArrayLengthExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 2194 e->type = Type::tsize_t; | |
| 2195 return e; | |
| 2196 } | |
| 2197 else if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 2198 { | |
| 2199 e = e->castTo(sc, next->pointerTo()); | |
| 2200 return e; | |
| 2201 } | |
| 2202 else | |
| 2203 { | |
| 2204 e = TypeArray::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2205 } | |
| 2206 return e; | |
| 2207 } | |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 int TypeDArray::isString() | |
| 2210 { | |
| 2211 TY nty = next->toBasetype()->ty; | |
| 2212 return nty == Tchar || nty == Twchar || nty == Tdchar; | |
| 2213 } | |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 MATCH TypeDArray::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2216 { | |
| 2217 //printf("TypeDArray::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 // Allow implicit conversion of array to pointer | |
| 2220 if (IMPLICIT_ARRAY_TO_PTR && | |
| 2221 to->ty == Tpointer && | |
| 2222 (to->next->ty == Tvoid || next->equals(to->next) /*|| to->next->isBaseOf(next)*/)) | |
| 2223 { | |
| 2224 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2225 } | |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 if (to->ty == Tarray) | |
| 2228 { int offset = 0; | |
| 2229 | |
| 2230 if ((to->next->isBaseOf(next, &offset) && offset == 0) || | |
| 2231 to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2232 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2233 } | |
| 2234 return Type::implicitConvTo(to); | |
| 2235 } | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 Expression *TypeDArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2238 { | |
| 2239 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2240 printf("TypeDArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2241 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2242 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2243 } |
| 2244 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2245 int TypeDArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2246 { |
| 2247 return 1; | |
| 2248 } | |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 int TypeDArray::checkBoolean() | |
| 2251 { | |
| 2252 return TRUE; | |
| 2253 } | |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 int TypeDArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2256 { | |
| 2257 return TRUE; | |
| 2258 } | |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 /***************************** TypeAArray *****************************/ | |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 TypeAArray::TypeAArray(Type *t, Type *index) | |
| 2263 : TypeArray(Taarray, t) | |
| 2264 { | |
| 2265 this->index = index; | |
| 2266 this->key = NULL; | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 Type *TypeAArray::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2270 { | |
| 2271 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2272 Type *ti = index->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2273 if (t == next && ti == index) | |
| 2274 t = this; | |
| 2275 else | |
| 2276 t = new TypeAArray(t, ti); | |
| 2277 return t; | |
| 2278 } | |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 d_uns64 TypeAArray::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2281 { | |
| 2282 return PTRSIZE /* * 2*/; | |
| 2283 } | |
| 2284 | |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 Type *TypeAArray::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2287 { | |
| 2288 //printf("TypeAArray::semantic() %s index->ty = %d\n", toChars(), index->ty); | |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2291 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2292 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2293 { | |
| 2294 Expression *e; | |
| 2295 Type *t; | |
| 2296 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2299 if (e) | |
| 2300 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2301 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2302 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
| 2303 | |
| 2304 tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2305 return tsa->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2306 } | |
| 2307 else if (t) | |
| 2308 index = t; | |
| 2309 else | |
| 2310 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2311 } | |
| 2312 else | |
| 2313 index = index->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 // Compute key type; the purpose of the key type is to | |
| 2316 // minimize the permutations of runtime library | |
| 2317 // routines as much as possible. | |
| 2318 key = index->toBasetype(); | |
| 2319 switch (key->ty) | |
| 2320 { | |
| 2321 #if 0 | |
| 2322 case Tint8: | |
| 2323 case Tuns8: | |
| 2324 case Tint16: | |
| 2325 case Tuns16: | |
| 2326 key = tint32; | |
| 2327 break; | |
| 2328 #endif | |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 case Tsarray: | |
| 2331 #if 0 | |
| 2332 // Convert to Tarray | |
| 2333 key = key->next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2334 #endif | |
| 2335 break; | |
| 2336 case Tbit: | |
| 2337 case Tbool: | |
| 2338 case Tfunction: | |
| 2339 case Tvoid: | |
| 2340 case Tnone: | |
| 1587 | 2341 case Ttuple: |
| 159 | 2342 error(loc, "can't have associative array key of %s", key->toChars()); |
| 2343 break; | |
| 2344 } | |
| 2345 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 2346 switch (next->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2347 { | |
| 2348 case Tfunction: | |
| 2349 case Tnone: | |
| 2350 error(loc, "can't have associative array of %s", next->toChars()); | |
| 2351 break; | |
| 2352 } | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2353 if (next->isscope()) |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
2354 error(loc, "cannot have array of scope %s", next->toChars()); |
| 159 | 2355 |
| 2356 return merge(); | |
| 2357 } | |
| 2358 | |
| 336 | 2359 void TypeAArray::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) |
| 2360 { | |
| 2361 //printf("TypeAArray::resolve() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 2362 | |
| 2363 // Deal with the case where we thought the index was a type, but | |
| 2364 // in reality it was an expression. | |
| 2365 if (index->ty == Tident || index->ty == Tinstance || index->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 2366 { | |
| 2367 Expression *e; | |
| 2368 Type *t; | |
| 2369 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 2370 | |
| 2371 index->resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 2372 if (e) | |
| 2373 { // It was an expression - | |
| 2374 // Rewrite as a static array | |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 TypeSArray *tsa = new TypeSArray(next, e); | |
| 2377 return tsa->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2378 } | |
| 2379 else if (t) | |
| 2380 index = t; | |
| 2381 else | |
| 2382 index->error(loc, "index is not a type or an expression"); | |
| 2383 } | |
| 2384 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 2385 } | |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | |
| 159 | 2388 Expression *TypeAArray::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) |
| 2389 { | |
| 2390 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2391 printf("TypeAArray::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2392 #endif | |
| 2393 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 Expression *ec; | |
| 2396 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2397 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2398 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2399 static FuncDeclaration *aaLen_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2400 if(!aaLen_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2401 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2402 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2403 aaLen_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tsize_t, Id::aaLen); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2404 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2405 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2406 ec = new VarExp(0, aaLen_fd); |
| 159 | 2407 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2408 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2409 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2410 e->type = aaLen_fd->type->next; |
| 159 | 2411 } |
| 2412 else if (ident == Id::keys) | |
| 2413 { | |
| 2414 Expression *ec; | |
| 2415 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2416 int size = key->size(e->loc); | |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 assert(size); | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2419 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2420 static FuncDeclaration *aaKeys_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2421 if(!aaKeys_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2422 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2423 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2424 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2425 aaKeys_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaKeys); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2426 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2427 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2428 ec = new VarExp(0, aaKeys_fd); |
| 159 | 2429 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2430 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2431 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, size, Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2432 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2433 e->type = index->arrayOf(); | |
| 2434 } | |
| 2435 else if (ident == Id::values) | |
| 2436 { | |
| 2437 Expression *ec; | |
| 2438 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2439 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2440 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2441 static FuncDeclaration *aaValues_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2442 if(!aaValues_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2443 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2444 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2445 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2446 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tsize_t, NULL, NULL)); |
|
715
30b42a283c8e
Removed TypeOpaque from DMD.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
664
diff
changeset
|
2447 aaValues_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoid->arrayOf(), Id::aaValues); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2448 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2449 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2450 ec = new VarExp(0, aaValues_fd); |
| 159 | 2451 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2452 arguments->push(e); | |
| 2453 size_t keysize = key->size(e->loc); | |
|
771
bfabbac8e705
Fixed 64bit problem with aaValues runtime calls (assumed 32bits)
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
742
diff
changeset
|
2454 keysize = (keysize + PTRSIZE - 1) & ~(PTRSIZE - 1); |
| 159 | 2455 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, keysize, Type::tsize_t)); |
| 2456 arguments->push(new IntegerExp(0, next->size(e->loc), Type::tsize_t)); | |
| 2457 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); | |
| 2458 e->type = next->arrayOf(); | |
| 2459 } | |
| 2460 else if (ident == Id::rehash) | |
| 2461 { | |
| 2462 Expression *ec; | |
| 2463 Expressions *arguments; | |
| 2464 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
2465 //LDC: Build arguments. |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2466 static FuncDeclaration *aaRehash_fd = NULL; |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2467 if(!aaRehash_fd) { |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2468 Parameters* args = new Parameters; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2469 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::tvoid->pointerTo(), NULL, NULL)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2470 args->push(new Parameter(STCin, Type::typeinfo->type, NULL, NULL)); |
|
389
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2471 aaRehash_fd = FuncDeclaration::genCfunc(args, Type::tvoidptr, Id::aaRehash); |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2472 } |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2473 |
|
722f5e90c39c
Made setup for runtime calls in dmd frontend allocate less.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
387
diff
changeset
|
2474 ec = new VarExp(0, aaRehash_fd); |
| 159 | 2475 arguments = new Expressions(); |
| 2476 arguments->push(e->addressOf(sc)); | |
|
975
067bb8f19c36
Fix #217. getInternalTypeInfo doesn't work with LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
938
diff
changeset
|
2477 arguments->push(key->getTypeInfo(sc)); // LDC doesn't support getInternalTypeInfo, see above |
| 159 | 2478 e = new CallExp(e->loc, ec, arguments); |
| 2479 e->type = this; | |
| 2480 } | |
| 2481 else | |
| 2482 { | |
| 2483 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2484 } | |
| 2485 return e; | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2488 void TypeAArray::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2489 { |
| 2490 buf->writeByte(mangleChar[ty]); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2491 index->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2492 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2493 } |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 void TypeAArray::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2496 { | |
| 2497 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2498 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2499 return; | |
| 2500 } | |
| 2501 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2502 buf->writeByte('['); | |
| 2503 index->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2504 buf->writeByte(']'); | |
| 2505 } | |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 Expression *TypeAArray::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2508 { | |
| 2509 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2510 printf("TypeAArray::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2511 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2512 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2513 } |
| 2514 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2515 int TypeAArray::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2516 { |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
2517 return TRUE; |
|
211
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2518 } |
|
f66219e0d530
[svn r227] Fixed: crash in lifetime.d when resizing array of AAs by .length assignment.
lindquist
parents:
162
diff
changeset
|
2519 |
| 159 | 2520 int TypeAArray::checkBoolean() |
| 2521 { | |
| 2522 return TRUE; | |
| 2523 } | |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 int TypeAArray::hasPointers() | |
| 2526 { | |
| 2527 return TRUE; | |
| 2528 } | |
| 2529 | |
| 2530 /***************************** TypePointer *****************************/ | |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 TypePointer::TypePointer(Type *t) | |
| 2533 : Type(Tpointer, t) | |
| 2534 { | |
| 2535 } | |
| 2536 | |
| 2537 Type *TypePointer::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2538 { | |
| 2539 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2540 if (t == next) | |
| 2541 t = this; | |
| 2542 else | |
| 2543 t = new TypePointer(t); | |
| 2544 return t; | |
| 2545 } | |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 Type *TypePointer::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2548 { | |
| 1587 | 2549 if (deco) |
| 2550 return this; | |
| 2551 | |
| 159 | 2552 //printf("TypePointer::semantic()\n"); |
| 2553 Type *n = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 2554 switch (n->toBasetype()->ty) | |
| 2555 { | |
| 2556 case Ttuple: | |
| 2557 error(loc, "can't have pointer to %s", n->toChars()); | |
| 2558 n = tint32; | |
| 2559 break; | |
| 2560 } | |
| 2561 if (n != next) | |
| 2562 deco = NULL; | |
| 2563 next = n; | |
| 2564 return merge(); | |
| 2565 } | |
| 2566 | |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 d_uns64 TypePointer::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2569 { | |
| 2570 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2571 } | |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 void TypePointer::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2574 { | |
| 2575 //printf("TypePointer::toCBuffer2() next = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2576 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2577 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2578 return; | |
| 2579 } | |
| 2580 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2581 if (next->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2582 buf->writeByte('*'); | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 MATCH TypePointer::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 2586 { | |
| 2587 //printf("TypePointer::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 if (this == to) | |
| 2590 return MATCHexact; | |
| 2591 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next) | |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 if (to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2594 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 #if 0 | |
| 2597 if (to->next->isBaseOf(next)) | |
| 2598 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2599 #endif | |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 if (next->ty == Tfunction && to->next->ty == Tfunction) | |
| 2602 { TypeFunction *tf; | |
| 2603 TypeFunction *tfto; | |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 tf = (TypeFunction *)(next); | |
| 2606 tfto = (TypeFunction *)(to->next); | |
| 2607 return tfto->equals(tf) ? MATCHexact : MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2608 } | |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 // if (to->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 2611 // return MATCHconvert; | |
| 2612 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 2613 } | |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 int TypePointer::isscalar() | |
| 2616 { | |
| 2617 return TRUE; | |
| 2618 } | |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 Expression *TypePointer::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2621 { | |
| 2622 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2623 printf("TypePointer::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2624 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2625 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2626 } |
| 2627 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2628 int TypePointer::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2629 { |
| 2630 return 1; | |
| 2631 } | |
| 2632 | |
| 2633 int TypePointer::hasPointers() | |
| 2634 { | |
| 2635 return TRUE; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 | |
| 2639 /***************************** TypeReference *****************************/ | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 TypeReference::TypeReference(Type *t) | |
| 2642 : Type(Treference, t) | |
| 2643 { | |
| 2644 if (t->ty == Tbit) | |
| 2645 error(0,"cannot make reference to a bit"); | |
| 2646 // BUG: what about references to static arrays? | |
| 2647 } | |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 Type *TypeReference::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2650 { | |
| 2651 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 2652 if (t == next) | |
| 2653 t = this; | |
| 2654 else | |
| 2655 t = new TypeReference(t); | |
| 2656 return t; | |
| 2657 } | |
| 2658 | |
| 2659 d_uns64 TypeReference::size(Loc loc) | |
| 2660 { | |
| 2661 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 2662 } | |
| 2663 | |
| 2664 void TypeReference::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2665 { | |
| 2666 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 2667 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 2668 return; | |
| 2669 } | |
| 2670 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 2671 buf->writeByte('&'); | |
| 2672 } | |
| 2673 | |
| 2674 Expression *TypeReference::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 2675 { | |
| 2676 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 2677 printf("TypeReference::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 2678 #endif | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 // References just forward things along | |
| 2681 return next->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 2682 } | |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 Expression *TypeReference::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 2685 { | |
| 2686 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 2687 printf("TypeReference::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 2688 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
2689 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 2690 } |
| 2691 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2692 int TypeReference::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 2693 { |
| 2694 return 1; | |
| 2695 } | |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 /***************************** TypeFunction *****************************/ | |
| 2699 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2700 TypeFunction::TypeFunction(Parameters *parameters, Type *treturn, int varargs, enum LINK linkage) |
| 159 | 2701 : Type(Tfunction, treturn) |
| 2702 { | |
| 2703 //if (!treturn) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2704 // assert(treturn); | |
| 2705 this->parameters = parameters; | |
| 2706 this->varargs = varargs; | |
| 2707 this->linkage = linkage; | |
| 2708 this->inuse = 0; | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2709 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2710 #if IN_LLVM |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2711 this->funcdecl = NULL; |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2712 #endif |
| 159 | 2713 } |
| 2714 | |
| 2715 Type *TypeFunction::syntaxCopy() | |
| 2716 { | |
| 2717 Type *treturn = next ? next->syntaxCopy() : NULL; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2718 Parameters *params = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2719 Type *t = new TypeFunction(params, treturn, varargs, linkage); |
| 159 | 2720 return t; |
| 2721 } | |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 /******************************* | |
| 2724 * Returns: | |
| 2725 * 0 types are distinct | |
| 2726 * 1 this is covariant with t | |
| 2727 * 2 arguments match as far as overloading goes, | |
| 2728 * but types are not covariant | |
| 2729 * 3 cannot determine covariance because of forward references | |
| 2730 */ | |
| 2731 | |
| 2732 int Type::covariant(Type *t) | |
| 2733 { | |
| 2734 #if 0 | |
| 2735 printf("Type::covariant(t = %s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 2736 printf("deco = %p, %p\n", deco, t->deco); | |
| 2737 printf("ty = %d\n", next->ty); | |
| 2738 #endif | |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 int inoutmismatch = 0; | |
| 2741 | |
| 2742 if (equals(t)) | |
| 2743 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2744 if (ty != Tfunction || t->ty != Tfunction) | |
| 2745 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 { | |
| 2748 TypeFunction *t1 = (TypeFunction *)this; | |
| 2749 TypeFunction *t2 = (TypeFunction *)t; | |
| 2750 | |
| 2751 if (t1->varargs != t2->varargs) | |
| 2752 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 if (t1->parameters && t2->parameters) | |
| 2755 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2756 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(t1->parameters); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2757 if (dim != Parameter::dim(t2->parameters)) |
| 159 | 2758 goto Ldistinct; |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2761 { Parameter *arg1 = Parameter::getNth(t1->parameters, i); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2762 Parameter *arg2 = Parameter::getNth(t2->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 2763 |
| 2764 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 2765 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2766 if (arg1->storageClass != arg2->storageClass) | |
| 2767 inoutmismatch = 1; | |
| 2768 } | |
| 2769 } | |
| 2770 else if (t1->parameters != t2->parameters) | |
| 2771 goto Ldistinct; | |
| 2772 | |
| 2773 // The argument lists match | |
| 2774 if (inoutmismatch) | |
| 2775 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2776 if (t1->linkage != t2->linkage) | |
| 2777 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 Type *t1n = t1->next; | |
| 2780 Type *t2n = t2->next; | |
| 2781 | |
| 1587 | 2782 if (!t1n || !t2n) // happens with return type inference |
| 2783 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2784 | |
| 159 | 2785 if (t1n->equals(t2n)) |
| 2786 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2787 if (t1n->ty != Tclass || t2n->ty != Tclass) | |
| 2788 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 // If t1n is forward referenced: | |
| 2791 ClassDeclaration *cd = ((TypeClass *)t1n)->sym; | |
| 2792 if (!cd->baseClass && cd->baseclasses.dim && !cd->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 2793 { | |
| 2794 return 3; | |
| 2795 } | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 if (t1n->implicitConvTo(t2n)) | |
| 2798 goto Lcovariant; | |
| 2799 goto Lnotcovariant; | |
| 2800 } | |
| 2801 | |
| 2802 Lcovariant: | |
| 2803 //printf("\tcovaraint: 1\n"); | |
| 2804 return 1; | |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 Ldistinct: | |
| 2807 //printf("\tcovaraint: 0\n"); | |
| 2808 return 0; | |
| 2809 | |
| 2810 Lnotcovariant: | |
| 2811 //printf("\tcovaraint: 2\n"); | |
| 2812 return 2; | |
| 2813 } | |
| 2814 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2815 void TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 2816 { unsigned char mc; |
| 2817 | |
| 2818 //printf("TypeFunction::toDecoBuffer() this = %p %s\n", this, toChars()); | |
| 2819 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 2820 if (inuse) | |
| 2821 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2822 return; | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 inuse++; | |
| 2825 switch (linkage) | |
| 2826 { | |
| 2827 case LINKd: mc = 'F'; break; | |
| 2828 case LINKc: mc = 'U'; break; | |
| 2829 case LINKwindows: mc = 'W'; break; | |
| 2830 case LINKpascal: mc = 'V'; break; | |
| 2831 case LINKcpp: mc = 'R'; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2832 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2833 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2834 case LINKintrinsic: mc = 'Q'; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2835 |
| 159 | 2836 default: |
| 2837 assert(0); | |
| 2838 } | |
| 2839 buf->writeByte(mc); | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2841 // LDC: if we're not producing a mangle string, add the this |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2842 // type to prevent merging different member function |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2843 if (!mangle && funcdecl) |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2844 { |
|
1282
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2845 if (funcdecl->needThis()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2846 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2847 AggregateDeclaration* ad = funcdecl->isMember2(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2848 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2849 ad->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2850 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2851 /* BUG This causes problems with delegate types |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2852 On the other hand, the llvm type for nested functions *is* different |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2853 so not doing anything here may be lead to bugs! |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2854 A sane solution would be DtoType(Dsymbol)... |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2855 if (funcdecl->isNested()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2856 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2857 buf->writeByte('M'); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2858 if (funcdecl->toParent2() && funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration()) |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2859 { |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2860 FuncDeclaration* fd = funcdecl->toParent2()->isFuncDeclaration(); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2861 fd->type->toDecoBuffer(buf, false); |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2862 } |
|
680b4df0ea36
Commit workaround for TypeFunction comparing issue.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1257
diff
changeset
|
2863 }*/ |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2864 } |
|
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2865 |
| 159 | 2866 // Write argument types |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2867 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(buf, parameters, mangle); |
| 159 | 2868 //if (buf->data[buf->offset - 1] == '@') halt(); |
| 2869 buf->writeByte('Z' - varargs); // mark end of arg list | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
2870 next->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 2871 inuse--; |
| 2872 } | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Identifier *ident, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 2875 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2876 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2877 |
| 2878 if (inuse) | |
| 2879 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2880 return; | |
| 2881 } | |
| 2882 inuse++; | |
| 2883 if (next && (!ident || ident->toHChars2() == ident->toChars())) | |
| 2884 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2885 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2886 { | |
| 2887 switch (linkage) | |
| 2888 { | |
| 2889 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 2890 case LINKc: p = "C "; break; | |
| 2891 case LINKwindows: p = "Windows "; break; | |
| 2892 case LINKpascal: p = "Pascal "; break; | |
| 2893 case LINKcpp: p = "C++ "; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2894 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2895 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2896 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2897 |
| 159 | 2898 default: |
| 2899 assert(0); | |
| 2900 } | |
| 2901 } | |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2904 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2905 if (ident) | |
| 2906 { buf->writeByte(' '); | |
| 2907 buf->writestring(ident->toHChars2()); | |
| 2908 } | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2909 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2910 inuse--; |
| 2911 } | |
| 2912 | |
| 2913 void TypeFunction::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 2914 { | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
2915 const char *p = NULL; |
| 159 | 2916 |
| 2917 if (inuse) | |
| 2918 { inuse = 2; // flag error to caller | |
| 2919 return; | |
| 2920 } | |
| 2921 inuse++; | |
| 2922 if (next) | |
| 2923 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 2924 if (hgs->ddoc != 1) | |
| 2925 { | |
| 2926 switch (linkage) | |
| 2927 { | |
| 2928 case LINKd: p = NULL; break; | |
| 1587 | 2929 case LINKc: p = " C"; break; |
| 2930 case LINKwindows: p = " Windows"; break; | |
| 2931 case LINKpascal: p = " Pascal"; break; | |
| 2932 case LINKcpp: p = " C++"; break; | |
|
723
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2933 |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2934 // LDC |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2935 case LINKintrinsic: p = "Intrinsic"; break; |
|
55f6c2e454d7
Implemented correct parameter order according to x86-32 ABI documentation.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
720
diff
changeset
|
2936 |
| 159 | 2937 default: |
| 2938 assert(0); | |
| 2939 } | |
| 2940 } | |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 if (!hgs->hdrgen && p) | |
| 2943 buf->writestring(p); | |
| 2944 buf->writestring(" function"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2945 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, parameters, varargs); |
| 159 | 2946 inuse--; |
| 2947 } | |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 Type *TypeFunction::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 2950 { | |
| 2951 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 2952 { | |
| 2953 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 2954 return this; | |
| 2955 } | |
| 2956 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() this = %p\n", this); | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2957 //printf("TypeFunction::semantic() %s, sc->stc = %x\n", toChars(), sc->stc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2958 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2959 /* Copy in order to not mess up original. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2960 * This can produce redundant copies if inferring return type, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2961 * as semantic() will get called again on this. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2962 */ |
| 159 | 2963 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)mem.malloc(sizeof(TypeFunction)); |
| 2964 memcpy(tf, this, sizeof(TypeFunction)); | |
| 2965 if (parameters) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2966 { tf->parameters = (Parameters *)parameters->copy(); |
| 159 | 2967 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2968 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2969 Parameter *cpy = (Parameter *)mem.malloc(sizeof(Parameter)); |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
2970 memcpy(cpy, arg, sizeof(Parameter)); |
| 159 | 2971 tf->parameters->data[i] = (void *)cpy; |
| 2972 } | |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 tf->linkage = sc->linkage; | |
| 1587 | 2976 if (tf->next) |
| 159 | 2977 { |
| 1587 | 2978 tf->next = tf->next->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2979 #if !SARRAYVALUE |
| 1587 | 2980 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tsarray) |
| 2981 { error(loc, "functions cannot return static array %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2982 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2983 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
2984 #endif |
| 1587 | 2985 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Tfunction) |
| 2986 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a function"); | |
| 2987 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2988 } | |
| 2989 if (tf->next->toBasetype()->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 2990 { error(loc, "functions cannot return a tuple"); | |
| 2991 tf->next = Type::terror; | |
| 2992 } | |
| 2993 if (tf->next->isscope() && !(sc->flags & SCOPEctor)) | |
| 2994 error(loc, "functions cannot return scope %s", tf->next->toChars()); | |
| 2995 } | |
| 159 | 2996 |
| 2997 if (tf->parameters) | |
| 1587 | 2998 { |
| 2999 /* Create a scope for evaluating the default arguments for the parameters | |
| 3000 */ | |
| 3001 Scope *argsc = sc->push(); | |
| 3002 argsc->stc = 0; // don't inherit storage class | |
| 3003 argsc->protection = PROTpublic; | |
| 3004 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3005 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3006 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3007 { Parameter *fparam = Parameter::getNth(tf->parameters, i); |
| 159 | 3008 |
| 3009 tf->inuse++; | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3010 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc, argsc); |
| 159 | 3011 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3013 // each function needs its own copy of a tuple arg, since |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3014 // they mustn't share arg flags like inreg, ... |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3015 if (fparam->type->ty == Ttuple) { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3016 fparam->type = fparam->type->syntaxCopy(); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3017 tf->inuse++; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3018 fparam->type = fparam->type->semantic(loc,sc); |
|
780
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3019 if (tf->inuse == 1) tf->inuse--; |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3020 } |
|
2cf440d511bb
Move tuple syntax copy for function arguments after semantic, to make sure
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
772
diff
changeset
|
3021 |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3022 Type *t = fparam->type->toBasetype(); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3023 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3024 if (fparam->storageClass & (STCout | STCref | STClazy)) |
| 159 | 3025 { |
| 3026 if (t->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 3027 error(loc, "cannot have out or ref parameter of type %s", t->toChars()); | |
| 3028 } | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3029 if (!(fparam->storageClass & STClazy) && t->ty == Tvoid) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3030 error(loc, "cannot have parameter of type %s", fparam->type->toChars()); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3031 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3032 if (fparam->defaultArg) |
| 159 | 3033 { |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3034 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->semantic(argsc); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3035 fparam->defaultArg = resolveProperties(argsc, fparam->defaultArg); |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3036 fparam->defaultArg = fparam->defaultArg->implicitCastTo(argsc, fparam->type); |
| 159 | 3037 } |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 /* If arg turns out to be a tuple, the number of parameters may | |
| 3040 * change. | |
| 3041 */ | |
| 3042 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3043 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3044 // Propagate storage class from tuple parameters to their element-parameters. |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3045 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3046 if (tt->arguments) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3047 { |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3048 size_t tdim = tt->arguments->dim; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3049 for (size_t j = 0; j < tdim; j++) |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3050 { Parameter *narg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[j]; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3051 narg->storageClass = fparam->storageClass; |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3052 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3053 } |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3054 |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3055 /* Reset number of parameters, and back up one to do this arg again, |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3056 * now that it is the first element of a tuple |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3057 */ |
|
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3058 dim = Parameter::dim(tf->parameters); |
| 159 | 3059 i--; |
|
1617
6820110de311
Merge DMD r301: a little refactor and harmonize
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1612
diff
changeset
|
3060 continue; |
| 159 | 3061 } |
| 3062 } | |
| 1587 | 3063 argsc->pop(); |
| 3064 } | |
| 3065 if (tf->next) | |
| 3066 tf->deco = tf->merge()->deco; | |
| 159 | 3067 |
| 3068 if (tf->inuse) | |
| 3069 { error(loc, "recursive type"); | |
| 3070 tf->inuse = 0; | |
| 3071 return terror; | |
| 3072 } | |
| 3073 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3074 if (tf->varargs == 1 && tf->linkage != LINKd && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 3075 error(loc, "variadic functions with non-D linkage must have at least one parameter"); |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 /* Don't return merge(), because arg identifiers and default args | |
| 3078 * can be different | |
| 3079 * even though the types match | |
| 3080 */ | |
| 3081 return tf; | |
| 3082 } | |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 /******************************** | |
| 3085 * 'args' are being matched to function 'this' | |
| 3086 * Determine match level. | |
| 3087 * Returns: | |
| 3088 * MATCHxxxx | |
| 3089 */ | |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 int TypeFunction::callMatch(Expressions *args) | |
| 3092 { | |
| 3093 //printf("TypeFunction::callMatch()\n"); | |
| 3094 int match = MATCHexact; // assume exact match | |
| 3095 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3096 size_t nparams = Parameter::dim(parameters); |
| 159 | 3097 size_t nargs = args ? args->dim : 0; |
| 3098 if (nparams == nargs) | |
| 3099 ; | |
| 3100 else if (nargs > nparams) | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 if (varargs == 0) | |
| 3103 goto Nomatch; // too many args; no match | |
| 3104 match = MATCHconvert; // match ... with a "conversion" match level | |
| 3105 } | |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 for (size_t u = 0; u < nparams; u++) | |
| 3108 { int m; | |
| 3109 Expression *arg; | |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 // BUG: what about out and ref? | |
| 3112 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3113 Parameter *p = Parameter::getNth(parameters, u); |
| 159 | 3114 assert(p); |
| 3115 if (u >= nargs) | |
| 3116 { | |
| 3117 if (p->defaultArg) | |
| 3118 continue; | |
| 3119 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) | |
| 3120 goto L1; | |
| 3121 goto Nomatch; // not enough arguments | |
| 3122 } | |
| 3123 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3124 assert(arg); | |
| 3125 if (p->storageClass & STClazy && p->type->ty == Tvoid && arg->type->ty != Tvoid) | |
| 3126 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3127 else | |
| 3128 m = arg->implicitConvTo(p->type); | |
| 3129 //printf("\tm = %d\n", m); | |
| 3130 if (m == MATCHnomatch) // if no match | |
| 3131 { | |
| 3132 L1: | |
| 3133 if (varargs == 2 && u + 1 == nparams) // if last varargs param | |
| 3134 { Type *tb = p->type->toBasetype(); | |
| 3135 TypeSArray *tsa; | |
|
1195
e961851fb8be
Merged DMD 1.042.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1192
diff
changeset
|
3136 dinteger_t sz; |
| 159 | 3137 |
| 3138 switch (tb->ty) | |
| 3139 { | |
| 3140 case Tsarray: | |
| 3141 tsa = (TypeSArray *)tb; | |
| 3142 sz = tsa->dim->toInteger(); | |
| 3143 if (sz != nargs - u) | |
| 3144 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3145 case Tarray: | |
| 3146 for (; u < nargs; u++) | |
| 3147 { | |
| 3148 arg = (Expression *)args->data[u]; | |
| 3149 assert(arg); | |
| 3150 #if 1 | |
| 3151 /* If lazy array of delegates, | |
| 3152 * convert arg(s) to delegate(s) | |
| 3153 */ | |
| 3154 Type *tret = p->isLazyArray(); | |
| 3155 if (tret) | |
| 3156 { | |
| 3157 if (tb->next->equals(arg->type)) | |
| 3158 { m = MATCHexact; | |
| 3159 } | |
| 3160 else | |
| 3161 { | |
| 3162 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tret); | |
| 3163 if (m == MATCHnomatch) | |
| 3164 { | |
| 3165 if (tret->toBasetype()->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 3166 m = MATCHconvert; | |
| 3167 } | |
| 3168 } | |
| 3169 } | |
| 3170 else | |
| 3171 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3172 #else | |
| 3173 m = arg->implicitConvTo(tb->next); | |
| 3174 #endif | |
| 3175 if (m == 0) | |
| 3176 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3177 if (m < match) | |
| 3178 match = m; | |
| 3179 } | |
| 3180 goto Ldone; | |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 case Tclass: | |
| 3183 // Should see if there's a constructor match? | |
| 3184 // Or just leave it ambiguous? | |
| 3185 goto Ldone; | |
| 3186 | |
| 3187 default: | |
| 3188 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3189 } | |
| 3190 } | |
| 3191 goto Nomatch; | |
| 3192 } | |
| 3193 if (m < match) | |
| 3194 match = m; // pick worst match | |
| 3195 } | |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 Ldone: | |
| 3198 //printf("match = %d\n", match); | |
| 3199 return match; | |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 Nomatch: | |
| 3202 //printf("no match\n"); | |
| 3203 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 | |
| 3206 Type *TypeFunction::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3207 { | |
| 3208 if (parameters) | |
| 3209 { | |
| 3210 for (size_t i = 0; i < parameters->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3211 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)parameters->data[i]; |
| 159 | 3212 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 3213 if (t) | |
| 3214 return t; | |
| 3215 } | |
| 3216 } | |
| 3217 return next->reliesOnTident(); | |
| 3218 } | |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 /***************************** TypeDelegate *****************************/ | |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 TypeDelegate::TypeDelegate(Type *t) | |
| 3223 : Type(Tfunction, t) | |
| 3224 { | |
| 3225 ty = Tdelegate; | |
| 3226 } | |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 Type *TypeDelegate::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3229 { | |
| 3230 Type *t = next->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 3231 if (t == next) | |
| 3232 t = this; | |
| 3233 else | |
| 3234 t = new TypeDelegate(t); | |
| 3235 return t; | |
| 3236 } | |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 Type *TypeDelegate::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 if (deco) // if semantic() already run | |
| 3241 { | |
| 3242 //printf("already done\n"); | |
| 3243 return this; | |
| 3244 } | |
| 3245 next = next->semantic(loc,sc); | |
| 3246 return merge(); | |
| 3247 } | |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 d_uns64 TypeDelegate::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3250 { | |
| 3251 return PTRSIZE * 2; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 | |
|
797
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3254 // LDC added, no reason to align to 2*PTRSIZE |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3255 unsigned TypeDelegate::alignsize() |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3256 { |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3257 // A Delegate consists of two ptr values, so align it on pointer size |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3258 // boundary |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3259 return PTRSIZE; |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3260 } |
|
340acf1535d0
Removed KDevelop3 project files, CMake can generate them just fine!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
780
diff
changeset
|
3261 |
| 159 | 3262 void TypeDelegate::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3265 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3266 return; | |
| 3267 } | |
| 3268 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)next; | |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 tf->next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, 0); | |
| 3271 buf->writestring(" delegate"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
3272 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, tf->parameters, tf->varargs); |
| 159 | 3273 } |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 Expression *TypeDelegate::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 3276 { | |
| 3277 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 3278 printf("TypeDelegate::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 3279 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
3280 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 3281 } |
| 3282 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3283 int TypeDelegate::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 3284 { |
| 3285 return 1; | |
| 3286 } | |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 int TypeDelegate::checkBoolean() | |
| 3289 { | |
| 3290 return TRUE; | |
| 3291 } | |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 Expression *TypeDelegate::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3294 { | |
| 3295 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 3296 printf("TypeDelegate::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 3297 #endif | |
| 3298 if (ident == Id::ptr) | |
| 3299 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3300 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 0); |
| 159 | 3301 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 3302 return e; | |
| 3303 } | |
| 3304 else if (ident == Id::funcptr) | |
| 3305 { | |
|
599
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3306 e = new GEPExp(e->loc, e, ident, 1); |
|
4435f57956e7
Fixed .funcptr property of delegates, no longer uses the infamous DMD rewrites to pointer arithmetic, instead a GEPExp has been introduced.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
591
diff
changeset
|
3307 e->type = tvoidptr; |
| 159 | 3308 return e; |
| 3309 } | |
| 3310 else | |
| 3311 { | |
| 3312 e = Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 3313 } | |
| 3314 return e; | |
| 3315 } | |
| 3316 | |
| 3317 int TypeDelegate::hasPointers() | |
| 3318 { | |
| 3319 return TRUE; | |
| 3320 } | |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 /***************************** TypeQualified *****************************/ | |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 TypeQualified::TypeQualified(TY ty, Loc loc) | |
| 3327 : Type(ty, NULL) | |
| 3328 { | |
| 3329 this->loc = loc; | |
| 3330 } | |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 void TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(TypeQualified *t) | |
| 3333 { | |
| 3334 //printf("TypeQualified::syntaxCopyHelper(%s) %s\n", t->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3335 idents.setDim(t->idents.dim); | |
| 3336 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3337 { | |
| 3338 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)t->idents.data[i]; | |
| 3339 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3340 { | |
| 3341 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 ti = (TemplateInstance *)ti->syntaxCopy(NULL); | |
| 3344 id = (Identifier *)ti; | |
| 3345 } | |
| 3346 idents.data[i] = id; | |
| 3347 } | |
| 3348 } | |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 void TypeQualified::addIdent(Identifier *ident) | |
| 3352 { | |
| 3353 idents.push(ident); | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 void TypeQualified::toCBuffer2Helper(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs) | |
| 3357 { | |
| 3358 int i; | |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3361 { Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3362 | |
| 3363 buf->writeByte('.'); | |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 if (id->dyncast() == DYNCAST_DSYMBOL) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 TemplateInstance *ti = (TemplateInstance *)id; | |
| 3368 ti->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 else | |
| 3371 buf->writestring(id->toChars()); | |
| 3372 } | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 | |
| 3375 d_uns64 TypeQualified::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3376 { | |
| 3377 error(this->loc, "size of type %s is not known", toChars()); | |
| 3378 return 1; | |
| 3379 } | |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 /************************************* | |
| 3382 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3383 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3384 * Output: | |
| 3385 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3386 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3387 */ | |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 void TypeQualified::resolveHelper(Loc loc, Scope *sc, | |
| 3390 Dsymbol *s, Dsymbol *scopesym, | |
| 3391 Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3392 { | |
| 3393 Identifier *id = NULL; | |
| 3394 int i; | |
| 3395 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 3396 EnumMember *em; | |
| 3397 TupleDeclaration *td; | |
| 3398 Type *t; | |
| 3399 Expression *e; | |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 #if 0 | |
| 3402 printf("TypeQualified::resolveHelper(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3403 if (scopesym) | |
| 3404 printf("\tscopesym = '%s'\n", scopesym->toChars()); | |
| 3405 #endif | |
| 3406 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3407 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3408 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3409 if (s) | |
| 3410 { | |
| 3411 //printf("\t1: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 336 | 3412 s->checkDeprecated(loc, sc); // check for deprecated aliases |
| 159 | 3413 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 3414 //printf("\t2: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3415 for (i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3416 { Dsymbol *sm; | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3419 sm = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3420 //printf("\t3: s = '%s' %p, kind = '%s'\n",s->toChars(), s, s->kind()); | |
| 3421 //printf("getType = '%s'\n", s->getType()->toChars()); | |
| 3422 if (!sm) | |
| 3423 { | |
| 3424 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3425 if (v && id == Id::length) | |
| 3426 { | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3427 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3428 { e = v->getExpInitializer()->exp; |
| 3429 } | |
| 3430 else | |
| 3431 e = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3432 t = e->type; | |
| 3433 if (!t) | |
| 3434 goto Lerror; | |
| 3435 goto L3; | |
| 3436 } | |
| 1587 | 3437 else if (v && id == Id::stringof) |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 e = new DsymbolExp(loc, s); | |
| 3440 do | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3443 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3444 } while (++i < idents.dim); | |
| 3445 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 3446 *pe = e; | |
| 3447 return; | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 | |
| 159 | 3450 t = s->getType(); |
| 3451 if (!t && s->isDeclaration()) | |
| 3452 t = s->isDeclaration()->type; | |
| 3453 if (t) | |
| 3454 { | |
| 3455 sm = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3456 if (sm) | |
| 3457 { sm = sm->search(loc, id, 0); | |
| 3458 if (sm) | |
| 3459 goto L2; | |
| 3460 } | |
| 3461 //e = t->getProperty(loc, id); | |
| 3462 e = new TypeExp(loc, t); | |
| 3463 e = t->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3464 i++; | |
| 3465 L3: | |
| 3466 for (; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3467 { | |
| 3468 id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3469 //printf("e: '%s', id: '%s', type = %p\n", e->toChars(), id->toChars(), e->type); | |
| 3470 e = e->type->dotExp(sc, e, id); | |
| 3471 } | |
| 3472 *pe = e; | |
| 3473 } | |
| 3474 else | |
| 3475 Lerror: | |
| 3476 error(loc, "identifier '%s' of '%s' is not defined", id->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 3477 return; | |
| 3478 } | |
| 3479 L2: | |
| 3480 s = sm->toAlias(); | |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 | |
| 3483 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
| 3484 if (v) | |
| 3485 { | |
| 3486 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
3487 if (v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->getExpInitializer()) |
| 159 | 3488 { |
| 3489 ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); | |
| 3490 assert(ei); | |
| 3491 *pe = ei->exp->copy(); // make copy so we can change loc | |
| 3492 (*pe)->loc = loc; | |
| 3493 } | |
| 3494 else | |
| 3495 { | |
| 3496 #if 0 | |
| 3497 WithScopeSymbol *withsym; | |
| 3498 if (scopesym && (withsym = scopesym->isWithScopeSymbol()) != NULL) | |
| 3499 { | |
| 3500 // Same as wthis.ident | |
| 3501 e = new VarExp(loc, withsym->withstate->wthis); | |
| 3502 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, ident); | |
| 3503 //assert(0); // BUG: should handle this | |
| 3504 } | |
| 3505 else | |
| 3506 #endif | |
| 3507 *pe = new VarExp(loc, v); | |
| 3508 } | |
| 3509 return; | |
| 3510 } | |
| 3511 em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 3512 if (em) | |
| 3513 { | |
| 3514 // It's not a type, it's an expression | |
| 3515 *pe = em->value->copy(); | |
| 3516 return; | |
| 3517 } | |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 L1: | |
| 3520 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3521 if (!t) | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 // If the symbol is an import, try looking inside the import | |
| 3524 Import *si; | |
| 3525 | |
| 3526 si = s->isImport(); | |
| 3527 if (si) | |
| 3528 { | |
| 3529 s = si->search(loc, s->ident, 0); | |
| 3530 if (s && s != si) | |
| 3531 goto L1; | |
| 3532 s = si; | |
| 3533 } | |
| 3534 *ps = s; | |
| 3535 return; | |
| 3536 } | |
| 3537 if (t->ty == Tinstance && t != this && !t->deco) | |
| 3538 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3539 return; | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 if (t != this) | |
| 3543 { | |
| 3544 if (t->reliesOnTident()) | |
| 3545 { | |
| 1587 | 3546 if (s->scope) |
| 3547 t = t->semantic(loc, s->scope); | |
| 3548 else | |
| 159 | 3549 { |
| 1587 | 3550 /* Attempt to find correct scope in which to evaluate t. |
| 3551 * Not sure if this is right or not, or if we should just | |
| 3552 * give forward reference error if s->scope is not set. | |
| 3553 */ | |
| 3554 for (Scope *scx = sc; 1; scx = scx->enclosing) | |
| 3555 { | |
| 3556 if (!scx) | |
| 3557 { error(loc, "forward reference to '%s'", t->toChars()); | |
| 3558 return; | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 if (scx->scopesym == scopesym) | |
| 3561 { | |
| 3562 t = t->semantic(loc, scx); | |
| 3563 break; | |
| 3564 } | |
| 159 | 3565 } |
| 3566 } | |
| 3567 } | |
| 3568 } | |
| 3569 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
|
772
cd7da2ba14d1
Fix bug reported by downs. Related to delegate types within tuple template parameters.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
771
diff
changeset
|
3570 *pt = t; |
| 1587 | 3571 else if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
| 3572 *pt = t->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 3573 else |
| 3574 *pt = t->merge(); | |
| 3575 } | |
| 3576 if (!s) | |
| 3577 { | |
| 3578 error(loc, "identifier '%s' is not defined", toChars()); | |
| 3579 } | |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 /***************************** TypeIdentifier *****************************/ | |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 TypeIdentifier::TypeIdentifier(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 3585 : TypeQualified(Tident, loc) | |
| 3586 { | |
| 3587 this->ident = ident; | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 Type *TypeIdentifier::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3592 { | |
| 3593 TypeIdentifier *t; | |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 t = new TypeIdentifier(loc, ident); | |
| 3596 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3597 return t; | |
| 3598 } | |
| 3599 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
3600 void TypeIdentifier::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 3601 { unsigned len; |
| 3602 char *name; | |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 name = ident->toChars(); | |
| 3605 len = strlen(name); | |
| 3606 buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 3607 //buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 3608 } | |
| 3609 | |
| 3610 void TypeIdentifier::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3611 { | |
| 3612 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3613 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3614 return; | |
| 3615 } | |
| 3616 buf->writestring(this->ident->toChars()); | |
| 3617 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3618 } | |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 /************************************* | |
| 3621 * Takes an array of Identifiers and figures out if | |
| 3622 * it represents a Type or an Expression. | |
| 3623 * Output: | |
| 3624 * if expression, *pe is set | |
| 3625 * if type, *pt is set | |
| 3626 */ | |
| 3627 | |
| 3628 void TypeIdentifier::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3629 { Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3630 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 //printf("TypeIdentifier::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, toChars()); | |
| 3633 s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3634 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, scopesym, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3635 } | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 /***************************************** | |
| 3638 * See if type resolves to a symbol, if so, | |
| 3639 * return that symbol. | |
| 3640 */ | |
| 3641 | |
| 3642 Dsymbol *TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3643 { | |
| 3644 //printf("TypeIdentifier::toDsymbol('%s')\n", toChars()); | |
| 3645 if (!sc) | |
| 3646 return NULL; | |
| 3647 //printf("ident = '%s'\n", ident->toChars()); | |
| 3648 | |
| 3649 Dsymbol *scopesym; | |
| 3650 Dsymbol *s = sc->search(loc, ident, &scopesym); | |
| 3651 if (s) | |
| 3652 { | |
| 3653 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3654 { | |
| 3655 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3656 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3657 if (!s) // failed to find a symbol | |
| 3658 { //printf("\tdidn't find a symbol\n"); | |
| 3659 break; | |
| 3660 } | |
| 3661 } | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 return s; | |
| 3664 } | |
| 3665 | |
| 3666 Type *TypeIdentifier::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3667 { | |
| 3668 Type *t; | |
| 3669 Expression *e; | |
| 3670 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3671 | |
| 3672 //printf("TypeIdentifier::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3673 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3674 if (t) | |
| 3675 { | |
| 3676 //printf("\tit's a type %d, %s, %s\n", t->ty, t->toChars(), t->deco); | |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 if (t->ty == Ttypedef) | |
| 3679 { TypeTypedef *tt = (TypeTypedef *)t; | |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 if (tt->sym->sem == 1) | |
| 3682 error(loc, "circular reference of typedef %s", tt->toChars()); | |
| 3683 } | |
| 3684 } | |
| 3685 else | |
| 3686 { | |
| 3687 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 3688 if (!global.gag) | |
| 3689 printf("1: "); | |
| 3690 #endif | |
| 3691 if (s) | |
| 3692 { | |
| 3693 s->error(loc, "is used as a type"); | |
| 3694 } | |
| 3695 else | |
| 3696 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3697 t = tvoid; | |
| 3698 } | |
| 3699 //t->print(); | |
| 3700 return t; | |
| 3701 } | |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 Type *TypeIdentifier::reliesOnTident() | |
| 3704 { | |
| 3705 return this; | |
| 3706 } | |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 Expression *TypeIdentifier::toExpression() | |
| 3709 { | |
| 3710 Expression *e = new IdentifierExp(loc, ident); | |
| 3711 for (int i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3712 { | |
| 3713 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3714 e = new DotIdExp(loc, e, id); | |
| 3715 } | |
| 3716 | |
| 3717 return e; | |
| 3718 } | |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 /***************************** TypeInstance *****************************/ | |
| 3721 | |
| 3722 TypeInstance::TypeInstance(Loc loc, TemplateInstance *tempinst) | |
| 3723 : TypeQualified(Tinstance, loc) | |
| 3724 { | |
| 3725 this->tempinst = tempinst; | |
| 3726 } | |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 Type *TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3729 { | |
| 3730 //printf("TypeInstance::syntaxCopy() %s, %d\n", toChars(), idents.dim); | |
| 3731 TypeInstance *t; | |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 t = new TypeInstance(loc, (TemplateInstance *)tempinst->syntaxCopy(NULL)); | |
| 3734 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3735 return t; | |
| 3736 } | |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | |
| 3739 void TypeInstance::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3740 { | |
| 3741 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3742 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3743 return; | |
| 3744 } | |
| 3745 tempinst->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3746 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3747 } | |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 void TypeInstance::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 3750 { | |
| 3751 // Note close similarity to TypeIdentifier::resolve() | |
| 3752 | |
| 3753 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 *pe = NULL; | |
| 3756 *pt = NULL; | |
| 3757 *ps = NULL; | |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 #if 0 | |
| 3760 if (!idents.dim) | |
| 3761 { | |
| 3762 error(loc, "template instance '%s' has no identifier", toChars()); | |
| 3763 return; | |
| 3764 } | |
| 3765 #endif | |
| 3766 //id = (Identifier *)idents.data[0]; | |
| 3767 //printf("TypeInstance::resolve(sc = %p, idents = '%s')\n", sc, id->toChars()); | |
| 3768 s = tempinst; | |
| 3769 if (s) | |
| 3770 s->semantic(sc); | |
| 3771 resolveHelper(loc, sc, s, NULL, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 3772 //printf("pt = '%s'\n", (*pt)->toChars()); | |
| 3773 } | |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 Type *TypeInstance::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 Type *t; | |
| 3778 Expression *e; | |
| 3779 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 3780 | |
| 3781 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); | |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) | |
| 3784 { | |
| 3785 unsigned errors = global.errors; | |
| 3786 global.gag++; | |
| 3787 | |
| 3788 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3789 | |
| 3790 global.gag--; | |
| 3791 if (errors != global.errors) | |
| 3792 { if (global.gag == 0) | |
| 3793 global.errors = errors; | |
| 3794 return this; | |
| 3795 } | |
| 3796 } | |
| 3797 else | |
| 3798 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 if (!t) | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 1587 | 3803 if (s) printf("s = %s\n", s->kind()); |
| 3804 printf("2: e:%p s:%p ", e, s); | |
| 159 | 3805 #endif |
| 3806 error(loc, "%s is used as a type", toChars()); | |
| 3807 t = tvoid; | |
| 3808 } | |
| 3809 return t; | |
| 3810 } | |
| 3811 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3812 Dsymbol *TypeInstance::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3813 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3814 Type *t; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3815 Expression *e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3816 Dsymbol *s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3817 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3818 //printf("TypeInstance::semantic(%s)\n", toChars()); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3819 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3820 if (sc->parameterSpecialization) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3821 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3822 unsigned errors = global.errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3823 global.gag++; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3824 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3825 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3826 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3827 global.gag--; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3828 if (errors != global.errors) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3829 { if (global.gag == 0) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3830 global.errors = errors; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3831 return NULL; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3832 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3833 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3834 else |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3835 resolve(loc, sc, &e, &t, &s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3836 |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3837 return s; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3838 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
3839 |
| 159 | 3840 |
| 3841 /***************************** TypeTypeof *****************************/ | |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 TypeTypeof::TypeTypeof(Loc loc, Expression *exp) | |
| 3844 : TypeQualified(Ttypeof, loc) | |
| 3845 { | |
| 3846 this->exp = exp; | |
| 3847 } | |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 Type *TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() | |
| 3850 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
3851 //printf("TypeTypeof::syntaxCopy() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 3852 TypeTypeof *t; |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 t = new TypeTypeof(loc, exp->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 3855 t->syntaxCopyHelper(this); | |
| 3856 return t; | |
| 3857 } | |
| 3858 | |
| 3859 Dsymbol *TypeTypeof::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 3861 Type *t; | |
| 3862 | |
| 336 | 3863 t = semantic(loc, sc); |
| 159 | 3864 if (t == this) |
| 3865 return NULL; | |
| 3866 return t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3867 } | |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 void TypeTypeof::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 3872 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 3873 return; | |
| 3874 } | |
| 3875 buf->writestring("typeof("); | |
| 3876 exp->toCBuffer(buf, hgs); | |
| 3877 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 3878 toCBuffer2Helper(buf, hgs); | |
| 3879 } | |
| 3880 | |
| 1587 | 3881 void TypeTypeof::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 3882 { | |
| 3883 assert(0); | |
| 3884 } | |
| 3885 | |
| 159 | 3886 Type *TypeTypeof::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 3887 { Expression *e; | |
| 3888 Type *t; | |
| 3889 | |
| 3890 //printf("TypeTypeof::semantic() %p\n", this); | |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 //static int nest; if (++nest == 50) *(char*)0=0; | |
| 3893 | |
| 3894 #if 0 | |
| 3895 /* Special case for typeof(this) and typeof(super) since both | |
| 3896 * should work even if they are not inside a non-static member function | |
| 3897 */ | |
| 3898 if (exp->op == TOKthis || exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3899 { | |
| 3900 // Find enclosing struct or class | |
| 3901 for (Dsymbol *s = sc->parent; 1; s = s->parent) | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 3904 StructDeclaration *sd; | |
| 3905 | |
| 3906 if (!s) | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 error(loc, "%s is not in a struct or class scope", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3909 goto Lerr; | |
| 3910 } | |
| 3911 cd = s->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 3912 if (cd) | |
| 3913 { | |
| 3914 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3915 { | |
| 3916 cd = cd->baseClass; | |
| 3917 if (!cd) | |
| 3918 { error(loc, "class %s has no 'super'", s->toChars()); | |
| 3919 goto Lerr; | |
| 3920 } | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 t = cd->type; | |
| 3923 break; | |
| 3924 } | |
| 3925 sd = s->isStructDeclaration(); | |
| 3926 if (sd) | |
| 3927 { | |
| 3928 if (exp->op == TOKsuper) | |
| 3929 { | |
| 3930 error(loc, "struct %s has no 'super'", sd->toChars()); | |
| 3931 goto Lerr; | |
| 3932 } | |
| 3933 t = sd->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 3934 break; | |
| 3935 } | |
| 3936 } | |
| 3937 } | |
| 3938 else | |
| 3939 #endif | |
| 3940 { | |
| 3941 sc->intypeof++; | |
| 3942 exp = exp->semantic(sc); | |
| 3943 sc->intypeof--; | |
| 336 | 3944 if (exp->op == TOKtype) |
| 3945 { | |
| 3946 error(loc, "argument %s to typeof is not an expression", exp->toChars()); | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3947 goto Lerr; |
| 336 | 3948 } |
| 159 | 3949 t = exp->type; |
| 3950 if (!t) | |
| 3951 { | |
| 3952 error(loc, "expression (%s) has no type", exp->toChars()); | |
| 3953 goto Lerr; | |
| 3954 } | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
3955 if (t->ty == Ttypeof) |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3956 { error(loc, "forward reference to %s", toChars()); |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3957 goto Lerr; |
|
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3958 } |
| 159 | 3959 } |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 if (idents.dim) | |
| 3962 { | |
| 3963 Dsymbol *s = t->toDsymbol(sc); | |
| 3964 for (size_t i = 0; i < idents.dim; i++) | |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 if (!s) | |
| 3967 break; | |
| 3968 Identifier *id = (Identifier *)idents.data[i]; | |
| 3969 s = s->searchX(loc, sc, id); | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 if (s) | |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 t = s->getType(); | |
| 3974 if (!t) | |
| 3975 { error(loc, "%s is not a type", s->toChars()); | |
| 3976 goto Lerr; | |
| 3977 } | |
| 3978 } | |
| 3979 else | |
| 3980 { error(loc, "cannot resolve .property for %s", toChars()); | |
| 3981 goto Lerr; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 return t; | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 Lerr: | |
|
1612
081c48283153
Merge DMD r278: bugzilla 370 Compiler stack overflow on recursive...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1607
diff
changeset
|
3987 return terror; |
| 159 | 3988 } |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 d_uns64 TypeTypeof::size(Loc loc) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 if (exp->type) | |
| 3993 return exp->type->size(loc); | |
| 3994 else | |
| 3995 return TypeQualified::size(loc); | |
| 3996 } | |
| 3997 | |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 /***************************** TypeEnum *****************************/ | |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 TypeEnum::TypeEnum(EnumDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4003 : Type(Tenum, NULL) | |
| 4004 { | |
| 4005 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4006 } | |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 char *TypeEnum::toChars() | |
| 4009 { | |
| 4010 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4011 } | |
| 4012 | |
|
486
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4013 Type *TypeEnum::syntaxCopy() |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4014 { |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4015 return this; |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4016 } |
|
a34078905d01
Added pragma(llvmdc, "string") for misc per-module compiler configuration, currently "string" can only be "verbose" which forces -vv for module it appears in.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
445
diff
changeset
|
4017 |
| 159 | 4018 Type *TypeEnum::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) |
| 4019 { | |
| 1587 | 4020 //sym->semantic(sc); |
| 159 | 4021 return merge(); |
| 4022 } | |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 d_uns64 TypeEnum::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4025 { | |
| 4026 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4027 { | |
| 4028 error(loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4029 return 4; | |
| 4030 } | |
| 4031 return sym->memtype->size(loc); | |
| 4032 } | |
| 4033 | |
| 4034 unsigned TypeEnum::alignsize() | |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4037 { | |
| 4038 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4039 printf("1: "); | |
| 4040 #endif | |
| 4041 error(0, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4042 return 4; | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 return sym->memtype->alignsize(); | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 Dsymbol *TypeEnum::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4048 { | |
| 4049 return sym; | |
| 4050 } | |
| 4051 | |
| 4052 Type *TypeEnum::toBasetype() | |
| 4053 { | |
|
1623
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4054 if (sym->scope) |
|
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4055 { |
|
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4056 sym->semantic(NULL); // attempt to resolve forward reference |
|
1d48eced441f
Merge DMD r317: bugzilla 3611 Enum forward referencing regression
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1621
diff
changeset
|
4057 } |
| 159 | 4058 if (!sym->memtype) |
| 4059 { | |
| 4060 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4061 printf("2: "); | |
| 4062 #endif | |
| 4063 error(sym->loc, "enum %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4064 return terror; |
| 159 | 4065 } |
| 4066 return sym->memtype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4067 } | |
| 4068 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4069 void TypeEnum::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4070 { char *name; |
| 4071 | |
| 4072 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4073 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4074 // name += 2; | |
| 4075 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4076 } | |
| 4077 | |
| 4078 void TypeEnum::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4079 { | |
| 4080 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4081 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4082 return; | |
| 4083 } | |
| 4084 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4085 } | |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 Expression *TypeEnum::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4088 { | |
| 4089 EnumMember *m; | |
| 4090 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4091 Expression *em; | |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4094 printf("TypeEnum::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4095 #endif | |
| 4096 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4097 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4098 s = sym->symtab->lookup(ident); | |
| 4099 if (!s) | |
| 4100 { | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4101 if (ident == Id::max || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4102 ident == Id::min || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4103 ident == Id::init || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4104 ident == Id::stringof || |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4105 !sym->memtype |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4106 ) |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4107 { |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4108 return getProperty(e->loc, ident); |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4109 } |
|
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
4110 return sym->memtype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); |
| 159 | 4111 } |
| 4112 m = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4113 em = m->value->copy(); | |
| 4114 em->loc = e->loc; | |
| 4115 return em; | |
| 4116 | |
| 4117 Lfwd: | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4118 error(e->loc, "forward reference of enum %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); |
|
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4119 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, Type::terror); |
| 159 | 4120 } |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 Expression *TypeEnum::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4123 { Expression *e; | |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 if (ident == Id::max) | |
| 4126 { | |
| 4127 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4128 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4129 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->maxval, this); | |
| 4130 } | |
| 4131 else if (ident == Id::min) | |
| 4132 { | |
| 4133 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4134 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4135 e = new IntegerExp(0, sym->minval, this); | |
| 4136 } | |
| 4137 else if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4138 { | |
| 4139 if (!sym->symtab) | |
| 4140 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4141 e = defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4142 } | |
|
846
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4143 else if (ident == Id::stringof) |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4144 { char *s = toChars(); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4145 e = new StringExp(loc, s, strlen(s), 'c'); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4146 Scope sc; |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4147 e = e->semantic(&sc); |
|
bc982f1ad106
Merged DMD 1.037 frontend
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
822
diff
changeset
|
4148 } |
| 159 | 4149 else |
| 4150 { | |
| 4151 if (!sym->memtype) | |
| 4152 goto Lfwd; | |
| 4153 e = sym->memtype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4154 } | |
| 4155 return e; | |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 Lfwd: | |
| 4158 error(loc, "forward reference of %s.%s", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4159 return new IntegerExp(0, 0, this); | |
| 4160 } | |
| 4161 | |
| 4162 int TypeEnum::isintegral() | |
| 4163 { | |
| 4164 return 1; | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 int TypeEnum::isfloating() | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 return 0; | |
| 4170 } | |
| 4171 | |
| 4172 int TypeEnum::isunsigned() | |
| 4173 { | |
| 4174 return sym->memtype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4175 } | |
| 4176 | |
| 4177 int TypeEnum::isscalar() | |
| 4178 { | |
| 4179 return 1; | |
| 4180 //return sym->memtype->isscalar(); | |
| 4181 } | |
| 4182 | |
| 4183 MATCH TypeEnum::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4184 { MATCH m; | |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 //printf("TypeEnum::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4187 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4188 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4189 else if (sym->memtype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4190 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4191 else | |
| 4192 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4193 return m; | |
| 4194 } | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 Expression *TypeEnum::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4197 { | |
| 4198 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4199 printf("TypeEnum::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4200 #endif | |
| 4201 // Initialize to first member of enum | |
| 4202 Expression *e; | |
| 4203 e = new IntegerExp(loc, sym->defaultval, this); | |
| 4204 return e; | |
| 4205 } | |
| 4206 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4207 int TypeEnum::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4208 { |
| 4209 return (sym->defaultval == 0); | |
| 4210 } | |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 int TypeEnum::hasPointers() | |
| 4213 { | |
| 4214 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4215 } | |
| 4216 | |
| 4217 /***************************** TypeTypedef *****************************/ | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 TypeTypedef::TypeTypedef(TypedefDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4220 : Type(Ttypedef, NULL) | |
| 4221 { | |
| 4222 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4223 } | |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 Type *TypeTypedef::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4226 { | |
| 4227 return this; | |
| 4228 } | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 char *TypeTypedef::toChars() | |
| 4231 { | |
| 4232 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4233 } | |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 Type *TypeTypedef::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4236 { | |
| 4237 //printf("TypeTypedef::semantic(%s), sem = %d\n", toChars(), sym->sem); | |
| 4238 sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4239 return merge(); | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 d_uns64 TypeTypedef::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4243 { | |
| 4244 return sym->basetype->size(loc); | |
| 4245 } | |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 unsigned TypeTypedef::alignsize() | |
| 4248 { | |
| 4249 return sym->basetype->alignsize(); | |
| 4250 } | |
| 4251 | |
| 4252 Dsymbol *TypeTypedef::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4253 { | |
| 4254 return sym; | |
| 4255 } | |
| 4256 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4257 void TypeTypedef::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4258 { unsigned len; |
| 4259 char *name; | |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4262 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4263 // name += 2; | |
| 4264 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4265 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4266 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4267 } | |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 void TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 //printf("TypeTypedef::toCBuffer2() '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4272 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4273 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4274 return; | |
| 4275 } | |
| 4276 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4277 } | |
| 4278 | |
| 4279 Expression *TypeTypedef::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4280 { | |
| 4281 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4282 printf("TypeTypedef::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s') '%s'\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 4283 #endif | |
| 4284 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4285 { | |
| 4286 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4287 } | |
| 4288 return sym->basetype->dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4289 } | |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 Expression *TypeTypedef::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4292 { | |
| 4293 if (ident == Id::init) | |
| 4294 { | |
| 4295 return Type::getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4296 } | |
| 4297 return sym->basetype->getProperty(loc, ident); | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 | |
| 4300 int TypeTypedef::isbit() | |
| 4301 { | |
| 4302 return sym->basetype->isbit(); | |
| 4303 } | |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 int TypeTypedef::isintegral() | |
| 4306 { | |
| 4307 //printf("TypeTypedef::isintegral()\n"); | |
| 4308 //printf("sym = '%s'\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4309 //printf("basetype = '%s'\n", sym->basetype->toChars()); | |
| 4310 return sym->basetype->isintegral(); | |
| 4311 } | |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 int TypeTypedef::isfloating() | |
| 4314 { | |
| 4315 return sym->basetype->isfloating(); | |
| 4316 } | |
| 4317 | |
| 4318 int TypeTypedef::isreal() | |
| 4319 { | |
| 4320 return sym->basetype->isreal(); | |
| 4321 } | |
| 4322 | |
| 4323 int TypeTypedef::isimaginary() | |
| 4324 { | |
| 4325 return sym->basetype->isimaginary(); | |
| 4326 } | |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 int TypeTypedef::iscomplex() | |
| 4329 { | |
| 4330 return sym->basetype->iscomplex(); | |
| 4331 } | |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 int TypeTypedef::isunsigned() | |
| 4334 { | |
| 4335 return sym->basetype->isunsigned(); | |
| 4336 } | |
| 4337 | |
| 4338 int TypeTypedef::isscalar() | |
| 4339 { | |
| 4340 return sym->basetype->isscalar(); | |
| 4341 } | |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 int TypeTypedef::checkBoolean() | |
| 4344 { | |
| 4345 return sym->basetype->checkBoolean(); | |
| 4346 } | |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 Type *TypeTypedef::toBasetype() | |
| 4349 { | |
| 4350 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4351 { | |
| 4352 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4353 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4354 return Type::terror; | |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 sym->inuse = 1; | |
| 4357 Type *t = sym->basetype->toBasetype(); | |
| 4358 sym->inuse = 0; | |
| 4359 return t; | |
| 4360 } | |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 MATCH TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 4363 { MATCH m; | |
| 4364 | |
| 4365 //printf("TypeTypedef::implicitConvTo()\n"); | |
| 4366 if (this->equals(to)) | |
| 4367 m = MATCHexact; // exact match | |
| 4368 else if (sym->basetype->implicitConvTo(to)) | |
| 4369 m = MATCHconvert; // match with conversions | |
| 4370 else | |
| 4371 m = MATCHnomatch; // no match | |
| 4372 return m; | |
| 4373 } | |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 Expression *TypeTypedef::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 4376 { Expression *e; | |
| 4377 Type *bt; | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 4380 printf("TypeTypedef::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4381 #endif | |
| 4382 if (sym->init) | |
| 4383 { | |
| 4384 //sym->init->toExpression()->print(); | |
| 4385 return sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4386 } | |
| 4387 bt = sym->basetype; | |
| 4388 e = bt->defaultInit(loc); | |
| 4389 e->type = this; | |
| 4390 while (bt->ty == Tsarray) | |
| 4391 { | |
| 4392 e->type = bt->next; | |
| 4393 bt = bt->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 4394 } | |
| 4395 return e; | |
| 4396 } | |
| 4397 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4398 int TypeTypedef::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4399 { |
| 4400 if (sym->init) | |
| 4401 { | |
| 4402 if (sym->init->isVoidInitializer()) | |
| 4403 return 1; // initialize voids to 0 | |
| 4404 Expression *e = sym->init->toExpression(); | |
| 4405 if (e && e->isBool(FALSE)) | |
| 4406 return 1; | |
| 4407 return 0; // assume not | |
| 4408 } | |
| 4409 if (sym->inuse) | |
| 4410 { | |
| 4411 sym->error("circular definition"); | |
| 4412 sym->basetype = Type::terror; | |
| 4413 } | |
| 4414 sym->inuse = 1; | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4415 int result = sym->basetype->isZeroInit(loc); |
| 159 | 4416 sym->inuse = 0; |
| 4417 return result; | |
| 4418 } | |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 int TypeTypedef::hasPointers() | |
| 4421 { | |
| 4422 return toBasetype()->hasPointers(); | |
| 4423 } | |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 /***************************** TypeStruct *****************************/ | |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 TypeStruct::TypeStruct(StructDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4428 : Type(Tstruct, NULL) | |
| 4429 { | |
| 4430 this->sym = sym; | |
|
1029
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4431 |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4432 // LDC |
|
4d366a75d95f
Added hasUnalignedFields helper to check if a type has unaligned fields - as per request from fvbommel. Result is cached in TypeStruct.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
1024
diff
changeset
|
4433 this->unaligned = 0; |
| 159 | 4434 } |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 char *TypeStruct::toChars() | |
| 4437 { | |
| 4438 //printf("sym.parent: %s, deco = %s\n", sym->parent->toChars(), deco); | |
| 4439 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4440 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4441 return ti->toChars(); | |
| 4442 return sym->toChars(); | |
| 4443 } | |
| 4444 | |
| 4445 Type *TypeStruct::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4446 { | |
| 4447 return this; | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 Type *TypeStruct::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4451 { | |
| 4452 //printf("TypeStruct::semantic('%s')\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4453 | |
| 4454 /* Cannot do semantic for sym because scope chain may not | |
| 4455 * be right. | |
| 4456 */ | |
| 4457 //sym->semantic(sc); | |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 return merge(); | |
| 4460 } | |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 d_uns64 TypeStruct::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4463 { | |
| 4464 return sym->size(loc); | |
| 4465 } | |
| 4466 | |
| 4467 unsigned TypeStruct::alignsize() | |
| 4468 { unsigned sz; | |
| 4469 | |
| 4470 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4471 sz = sym->alignsize; | |
| 4472 if (sz > sym->structalign) | |
| 4473 sz = sym->structalign; | |
| 4474 return sz; | |
| 4475 } | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 Dsymbol *TypeStruct::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4478 { | |
| 4479 return sym; | |
| 4480 } | |
| 4481 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4482 void TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4483 { unsigned len; |
| 4484 char *name; | |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4487 //printf("TypeStruct::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4488 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4489 // name += 2; | |
| 4490 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4491 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4492 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4493 } | |
| 4494 | |
| 4495 void TypeStruct::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4496 { | |
| 4497 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4498 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4499 return; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 4501 TemplateInstance *ti = sym->parent->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4502 if (ti && ti->toAlias() == sym) | |
| 4503 buf->writestring(ti->toChars()); | |
| 4504 else | |
| 4505 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4506 } | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 Expression *TypeStruct::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4509 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 Expression *b; | |
| 4512 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4513 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4514 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4515 Declaration *d; | |
| 4516 | |
| 4517 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4518 printf("TypeStruct::dotExp(e = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4519 #endif | |
| 4520 if (!sym->members) | |
| 4521 { | |
| 4522 error(e->loc, "struct %s is forward referenced", sym->toChars()); | |
| 4523 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 0, Type::tint32); | |
| 4524 } | |
| 4525 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4526 /* If e.tupleof |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4527 */ |
| 159 | 4528 if (ident == Id::tupleof) |
| 4529 { | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4530 /* Create a TupleExp out of the fields of the struct e: |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4531 * (e.field0, e.field1, e.field2, ...) |
| 159 | 4532 */ |
| 336 | 4533 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4534 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4535 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4536 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4537 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4538 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4539 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4540 } | |
| 4541 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4542 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4543 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4544 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4545 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4546 return e; |
| 4547 } | |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4550 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4553 { | |
| 4554 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4557 e = de->e1; | |
| 4558 goto L1; | |
| 4559 } | |
| 4560 } | |
| 4561 | |
| 4562 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4563 L1: | |
| 4564 if (!s) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 4566 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4567 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4568 } | |
| 336 | 4569 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4570 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4571 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4572 | |
| 4573 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4574 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4575 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4576 | |
| 4577 if (ei) | |
| 4578 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4579 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4580 return e; | |
| 4581 } | |
| 4582 } | |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4585 { | |
| 4586 //return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 4587 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4588 } | |
| 4589 | |
| 4590 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 4591 if (em) | |
| 4592 { | |
| 4593 assert(em->value); | |
| 4594 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 4595 } | |
| 4596 | |
| 4597 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 4598 if (tm) | |
| 4599 { Expression *de; | |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 4602 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4603 return de; | |
| 4604 } | |
| 4605 | |
| 4606 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 4607 if (td) | |
| 4608 { | |
| 4609 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 4610 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4611 return e; | |
| 4612 } | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 4615 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 4616 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 159 | 4617 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 4618 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 4619 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 4620 goto L1; | |
| 4621 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 4622 de->type = e->type; | |
| 4623 return de; | |
| 4624 } | |
| 4625 | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4626 Import *timp = s->isImport(); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4627 if (timp) |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4628 { |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4629 e = new DsymbolExp(e->loc, s); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4630 e = e->semantic(sc); |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4631 return e; |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4632 } |
|
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4633 |
| 159 | 4634 d = s->isDeclaration(); |
| 4635 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 4636 if (!d) | |
| 4637 printf("d = %s '%s'\n", s->kind(), s->toChars()); | |
| 4638 #endif | |
| 4639 assert(d); | |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4642 { FuncDeclaration *fd = sc->func; | |
| 4643 | |
| 4644 if (d->needThis() && fd && fd->vthis) | |
| 4645 { | |
| 4646 e = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 4647 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4648 return e; | |
| 4649 } | |
| 4650 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 4651 { | |
| 4652 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 4653 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4654 return e; | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 return new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 | |
| 4659 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 // (e, d) | |
| 4662 VarExp *ve; | |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 4665 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 4666 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 4667 e->type = d->type; | |
| 4668 return e; | |
| 4669 } | |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 if (v) | |
| 4672 { | |
| 4673 if (v->toParent() != sym) | |
| 4674 sym->error(e->loc, "'%s' is not a member", v->toChars()); | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 // *(&e + offset) | |
| 4677 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
|
875
330f999ade44
Merged DMD 1.038
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
872
diff
changeset
|
4678 #if 0 |
| 159 | 4679 b = new AddrExp(e->loc, e); |
| 4680 b->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4681 b = new AddExp(e->loc, b, new IntegerExp(e->loc, v->offset, Type::tint32)); | |
| 4682 b->type = v->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4683 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, b); | |
| 4684 e->type = v->type; | |
| 4685 return e; | |
|
585
fbb1a366cfbc
Complex number should now follow the D ABI on x86. They're also treated as first class values now. Big change.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen@gmail.com>
parents:
509
diff
changeset
|
4686 #endif |
| 159 | 4687 } |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 4690 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 4691 } | |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 unsigned TypeStruct::memalign(unsigned salign) | |
| 4694 { | |
| 4695 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4696 return sym->structalign; | |
| 4697 } | |
| 4698 | |
| 4699 Expression *TypeStruct::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4700 { |
| 159 | 4701 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT |
| 4702 printf("TypeStruct::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 4703 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
4704 Declaration *d = new StaticStructInitDeclaration(sym->loc, sym); |
| 159 | 4705 assert(d); |
| 4706 d->type = this; | |
| 4707 return new VarExp(sym->loc, d); | |
| 4708 } | |
| 4709 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
4710 int TypeStruct::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 4711 { |
| 4712 return sym->zeroInit; | |
| 4713 } | |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 int TypeStruct::checkBoolean() | |
| 4716 { | |
| 4717 return FALSE; | |
| 4718 } | |
| 4719 | |
| 4720 int TypeStruct::hasPointers() | |
| 4721 { | |
| 4722 StructDeclaration *s = sym; | |
| 4723 | |
| 4724 sym->size(0); // give error for forward references | |
| 4725 if (s->members) | |
| 4726 { | |
| 4727 for (size_t i = 0; i < s->members->dim; i++) | |
| 4728 { | |
| 4729 Dsymbol *sm = (Dsymbol *)s->members->data[i]; | |
| 4730 if (sm->hasPointers()) | |
| 4731 return TRUE; | |
| 4732 } | |
| 4733 } | |
| 4734 return FALSE; | |
| 4735 } | |
| 4736 | |
| 4737 | |
| 4738 /***************************** TypeClass *****************************/ | |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 TypeClass::TypeClass(ClassDeclaration *sym) | |
| 4741 : Type(Tclass, NULL) | |
| 4742 { | |
| 4743 this->sym = sym; | |
| 4744 } | |
| 4745 | |
| 4746 char *TypeClass::toChars() | |
| 4747 { | |
| 1587 | 4748 return (char *)sym->toPrettyChars(); |
| 159 | 4749 } |
| 4750 | |
| 4751 Type *TypeClass::syntaxCopy() | |
| 4752 { | |
| 4753 return this; | |
| 4754 } | |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 Type *TypeClass::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 4757 { | |
| 4758 //printf("TypeClass::semantic(%s)\n", sym->toChars()); | |
| 1587 | 4759 if (deco) |
| 4760 return this; | |
| 159 | 4761 return merge(); |
| 4762 } | |
| 4763 | |
| 4764 d_uns64 TypeClass::size(Loc loc) | |
| 4765 { | |
| 4766 return PTRSIZE; | |
| 4767 } | |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 Dsymbol *TypeClass::toDsymbol(Scope *sc) | |
| 4770 { | |
| 4771 return sym; | |
| 4772 } | |
| 4773 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
4774 void TypeClass::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 4775 { unsigned len; |
| 4776 char *name; | |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 name = sym->mangle(); | |
| 4779 // if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == 'D') | |
| 4780 // name += 2; | |
| 4781 //printf("TypeClass::toDecoBuffer('%s') = '%s'\n", toChars(), name); | |
| 4782 //len = strlen(name); | |
| 4783 //buf->printf("%c%d%s", mangleChar[ty], len, name); | |
| 4784 buf->printf("%c%s", mangleChar[ty], name); | |
| 4785 } | |
| 4786 | |
| 4787 void TypeClass::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 4788 { | |
| 4789 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 4790 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 4791 return; | |
| 4792 } | |
| 4793 buf->writestring(sym->toChars()); | |
| 4794 } | |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 Expression *TypeClass::dotExp(Scope *sc, Expression *e, Identifier *ident) | |
| 4797 { unsigned offset; | |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 Expression *b; | |
| 4800 VarDeclaration *v; | |
| 4801 Dsymbol *s; | |
| 4802 DotVarExp *de; | |
| 4803 Declaration *d; | |
| 4804 | |
| 4805 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 4806 printf("TypeClass::dotExp(e='%s', ident='%s')\n", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 4807 #endif | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 if (e->op == TOKdotexp) | |
| 4810 { DotExp *de = (DotExp *)e; | |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 if (de->e1->op == TOKimport) | |
| 4813 { | |
| 4814 ScopeExp *se = (ScopeExp *)de->e1; | |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 s = se->sds->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4817 e = de->e1; | |
| 4818 goto L1; | |
| 4819 } | |
| 4820 } | |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 if (ident == Id::tupleof) | |
| 4823 { | |
| 4824 /* Create a TupleExp | |
| 4825 */ | |
| 336 | 4826 e = e->semantic(sc); // do this before turning on noaccesscheck |
| 159 | 4827 Expressions *exps = new Expressions; |
| 4828 exps->reserve(sym->fields.dim); | |
| 4829 for (size_t i = 0; i < sym->fields.dim; i++) | |
| 4830 { VarDeclaration *v = (VarDeclaration *)sym->fields.data[i]; | |
| 4831 Expression *fe = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, v); | |
| 4832 exps->push(fe); | |
| 4833 } | |
| 4834 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, exps); | |
| 336 | 4835 sc = sc->push(); |
| 4836 sc->noaccesscheck = 1; | |
| 159 | 4837 e = e->semantic(sc); |
| 336 | 4838 sc->pop(); |
| 159 | 4839 return e; |
| 4840 } | |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 s = sym->search(e->loc, ident, 0); | |
| 4843 L1: | |
| 4844 if (!s) | |
| 4845 { | |
| 4846 // See if it's a base class | |
| 4847 ClassDeclaration *cbase; | |
| 4848 for (cbase = sym->baseClass; cbase; cbase = cbase->baseClass) | |
| 4849 { | |
| 4850 if (cbase->ident->equals(ident)) | |
| 4851 { | |
| 4852 e = new DotTypeExp(0, e, cbase); | |
| 4853 return e; | |
| 4854 } | |
| 4855 } | |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 if (ident == Id::classinfo) | |
| 4858 { | |
| 4859 Type *t; | |
| 4860 | |
| 4861 assert(ClassDeclaration::classinfo); | |
| 4862 t = ClassDeclaration::classinfo->type; | |
| 4863 if (e->op == TOKtype || e->op == TOKdottype) | |
| 4864 { | |
| 4865 /* For type.classinfo, we know the classinfo | |
| 4866 * at compile time. | |
| 4867 */ | |
| 4868 if (!sym->vclassinfo) | |
| 4869 sym->vclassinfo = new ClassInfoDeclaration(sym); | |
| 4870 e = new VarExp(e->loc, sym->vclassinfo); | |
| 4871 e = e->addressOf(sc); | |
| 4872 e->type = t; // do this so we don't get redundant dereference | |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 else | |
| 4875 { | |
| 4876 /* For class objects, the classinfo reference is the first | |
| 4877 * entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4878 */ | |
| 4879 #if IN_LLVM | |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 Type* ct; | |
| 4882 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) { | |
| 4883 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4884 } | |
| 4885 else { | |
| 4886 ct = t->pointerTo()->pointerTo(); | |
| 4887 } | |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 e = e->castTo(sc, ct); | |
| 4890 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4891 e->type = ct->next; | |
| 4892 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4893 e->type = ct->next->next; | |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4896 { | |
| 4897 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4898 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4899 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4900 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4901 */ | |
| 4902 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4903 } | |
| 4904 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4905 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4906 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4907 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4908 */ | |
| 4909 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4910 e->type = ct->next->next->next; | |
| 4911 } | |
| 336 | 4912 } |
| 159 | 4913 |
| 4914 #else | |
| 4915 | |
| 4916 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4917 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4918 if (sym->isInterfaceDeclaration()) | |
| 4919 { | |
| 4920 if (sym->isCOMinterface()) | |
| 4921 { /* COM interface vtbl[]s are different in that the | |
| 4922 * first entry is always pointer to QueryInterface(). | |
| 4923 * We can't get a .classinfo for it. | |
| 4924 */ | |
| 4925 error(e->loc, "no .classinfo for COM interface objects"); | |
| 4926 } | |
| 4927 /* For an interface, the first entry in the vtbl[] | |
| 4928 * is actually a pointer to an instance of struct Interface. | |
| 4929 * The first member of Interface is the .classinfo, | |
| 4930 * so add an extra pointer indirection. | |
| 4931 */ | |
| 4932 e->type = e->type->pointerTo(); | |
| 4933 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4934 e->type = t->pointerTo(); | |
| 4935 } | |
| 4936 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e, t); | |
| 336 | 4937 } |
| 4938 | |
|
664
eef8ac26c66c
Some missed LLVMDC -> LDC.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
658
diff
changeset
|
4939 #endif // !LDC |
| 336 | 4940 |
| 4941 return e; | |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 if (ident == Id::__vptr) | |
| 4945 { /* The pointer to the vtbl[] | |
| 4946 * *cast(void***)e | |
| 4947 */ | |
| 4948 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()->pointerTo()); | |
| 4949 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4950 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4951 return e; | |
| 4952 } | |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 if (ident == Id::__monitor) | |
| 4955 { /* The handle to the monitor (call it a void*) | |
| 4956 * *(cast(void**)e + 1) | |
| 4957 */ | |
| 4958 e = e->castTo(sc, tvoidptr->pointerTo()); | |
| 4959 e = new AddExp(e->loc, e, new IntegerExp(1)); | |
| 4960 e = new PtrExp(e->loc, e); | |
| 4961 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 159 | 4962 return e; |
| 4963 } | |
| 4964 | |
| 4965 if (ident == Id::typeinfo) | |
| 4966 { | |
| 4967 if (!global.params.useDeprecated) | |
| 4968 error(e->loc, ".typeinfo deprecated, use typeid(type)"); | |
| 4969 return getTypeInfo(sc); | |
| 4970 } | |
| 4971 if (ident == Id::outer && sym->vthis) | |
| 4972 { | |
| 4973 s = sym->vthis; | |
| 4974 } | |
| 4975 else | |
| 4976 { | |
| 4977 //return getProperty(e->loc, ident); | |
| 4978 return Type::dotExp(sc, e, ident); | |
| 4979 } | |
| 4980 } | |
| 336 | 4981 if (!s->isFuncDeclaration()) // because of overloading |
| 4982 s->checkDeprecated(e->loc, sc); | |
| 159 | 4983 s = s->toAlias(); |
| 4984 v = s->isVarDeclaration(); | |
|
1499
df11cdec45a2
Another shot at fixing the issues with (constant) struct literals and their addresses. See DMD2682, #218, #324.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1393
diff
changeset
|
4985 if (v && v->isSameAsInitializer() && v->type->toBasetype()->ty != Tsarray) |
| 159 | 4986 { ExpInitializer *ei = v->getExpInitializer(); |
| 4987 | |
| 4988 if (ei) | |
| 4989 { e = ei->exp->copy(); // need to copy it if it's a StringExp | |
| 4990 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 4991 return e; | |
| 4992 } | |
| 4993 } | |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 if (s->getType()) | |
| 4996 { | |
| 4997 // if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 4998 return new TypeExp(e->loc, s->getType()); | |
| 4999 // return new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, s); | |
| 5000 } | |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 EnumMember *em = s->isEnumMember(); | |
| 5003 if (em) | |
| 5004 { | |
| 5005 assert(em->value); | |
| 5006 return em->value->copy(); | |
| 5007 } | |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 TemplateMixin *tm = s->isTemplateMixin(); | |
| 5010 if (tm) | |
| 5011 { Expression *de; | |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, tm)); | |
| 5014 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5015 return de; | |
| 5016 } | |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 TemplateDeclaration *td = s->isTemplateDeclaration(); | |
| 5019 if (td) | |
| 5020 { | |
| 5021 e = new DotTemplateExp(e->loc, e, td); | |
| 5022 e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5023 return e; | |
| 5024 } | |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 TemplateInstance *ti = s->isTemplateInstance(); | |
| 5027 if (ti) | |
| 1587 | 5028 { if (!ti->semanticRun) |
| 159 | 5029 ti->semantic(sc); |
| 5030 s = ti->inst->toAlias(); | |
| 5031 if (!s->isTemplateInstance()) | |
| 5032 goto L1; | |
| 5033 Expression *de = new DotExp(e->loc, e, new ScopeExp(e->loc, ti)); | |
| 5034 de->type = e->type; | |
| 5035 return de; | |
| 5036 } | |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 d = s->isDeclaration(); | |
| 5039 if (!d) | |
| 5040 { | |
| 5041 e->error("%s.%s is not a declaration", e->toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5042 return new IntegerExp(e->loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5043 } | |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 if (e->op == TOKtype) | |
| 5046 { | |
| 1587 | 5047 /* It's: |
| 5048 * Class.d | |
| 5049 */ | |
| 5050 if (d->isTupleDeclaration()) | |
| 5051 { | |
| 5052 e = new TupleExp(e->loc, d->isTupleDeclaration()); | |
| 5053 e = e->semantic(sc); | |
| 5054 return e; | |
| 5055 } | |
| 5056 else if (d->needThis() && (hasThis(sc) || !(sc->intypeof || d->isFuncDeclaration()))) | |
| 159 | 5057 { |
| 5058 if (sc->func) | |
| 5059 { | |
| 5060 ClassDeclaration *thiscd; | |
| 5061 thiscd = sc->func->toParent()->isClassDeclaration(); | |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 if (thiscd) | |
| 5064 { | |
| 5065 ClassDeclaration *cd = e->type->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 if (cd == thiscd) | |
| 5068 { | |
| 5069 e = new ThisExp(e->loc); | |
| 5070 e = new DotTypeExp(e->loc, e, cd); | |
| 5071 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5072 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5073 return e; | |
| 5074 } | |
| 5075 else if ((!cd || !cd->isBaseOf(thiscd, NULL)) && | |
| 5076 !d->isFuncDeclaration()) | |
| 5077 e->error("'this' is required, but %s is not a base class of %s", e->type->toChars(), thiscd->toChars()); | |
| 5078 } | |
| 5079 } | |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, new ThisExp(e->loc), d); | |
| 5082 e = de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5083 return e; | |
| 5084 } | |
| 1587 | 5085 else |
| 159 | 5086 { |
| 1587 | 5087 VarExp *ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); |
| 5088 return ve; | |
| 159 | 5089 } |
| 5090 } | |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 if (d->isDataseg()) | |
| 5093 { | |
| 5094 // (e, d) | |
| 5095 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5096 | |
| 5097 accessCheck(e->loc, sc, e, d); | |
| 5098 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5099 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5100 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5101 return e; | |
| 5102 } | |
| 5103 | |
| 5104 if (d->parent && d->toParent()->isModule()) | |
| 5105 { | |
| 5106 // (e, d) | |
| 5107 VarExp *ve; | |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 ve = new VarExp(e->loc, d); | |
| 5110 e = new CommaExp(e->loc, e, ve); | |
| 5111 e->type = d->type; | |
| 5112 return e; | |
| 5113 } | |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 de = new DotVarExp(e->loc, e, d); | |
| 5116 return de->semantic(sc); | |
| 5117 } | |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 ClassDeclaration *TypeClass::isClassHandle() | |
| 5120 { | |
| 5121 return sym; | |
| 5122 } | |
| 5123 | |
|
1530
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5124 int TypeClass::isscope() |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5125 { |
|
05c235309d6f
Make the auto storage class never have the same meaning as scope.
Christian Kamm <kamm incasoftware de>
parents:
1499
diff
changeset
|
5126 return sym->isscope; |
| 159 | 5127 } |
| 5128 | |
| 5129 int TypeClass::isBaseOf(Type *t, int *poffset) | |
| 5130 { | |
| 5131 if (t->ty == Tclass) | |
| 5132 { ClassDeclaration *cd; | |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 cd = ((TypeClass *)t)->sym; | |
| 5135 if (sym->isBaseOf(cd, poffset)) | |
| 5136 return 1; | |
| 5137 } | |
| 5138 return 0; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 MATCH TypeClass::implicitConvTo(Type *to) | |
| 5142 { | |
| 5143 //printf("TypeClass::implicitConvTo('%s')\n", to->toChars()); | |
| 5144 if (this == to) | |
| 5145 return MATCHexact; | |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 ClassDeclaration *cdto = to->isClassHandle(); | |
| 5148 if (cdto && cdto->isBaseOf(sym, NULL)) | |
| 5149 { //printf("is base\n"); | |
| 5150 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5151 } | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 if (global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5154 { | |
| 5155 // Allow conversion to (void *) | |
| 5156 if (to->ty == Tpointer && to->next->ty == Tvoid) | |
| 5157 return MATCHconvert; | |
| 5158 } | |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 return MATCHnomatch; | |
| 5161 } | |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 Expression *TypeClass::defaultInit(Loc loc) | |
| 5164 { | |
| 5165 #if LOGDEFAULTINIT | |
| 5166 printf("TypeClass::defaultInit() '%s'\n", toChars()); | |
| 5167 #endif | |
|
1626
8fa4ab3dcc88
Merge DMD r320: refactor
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1623
diff
changeset
|
5168 return new NullExp(loc, this); |
| 159 | 5169 } |
| 5170 | |
|
1367
8026319762be
Merged DMD 1.045 !!!
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail com>
parents:
1282
diff
changeset
|
5171 int TypeClass::isZeroInit(Loc loc) |
| 159 | 5172 { |
| 5173 return 1; | |
| 5174 } | |
| 5175 | |
| 5176 int TypeClass::checkBoolean() | |
| 5177 { | |
| 5178 return TRUE; | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 int TypeClass::hasPointers() | |
| 5182 { | |
| 5183 return TRUE; | |
| 5184 } | |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 /***************************** TypeTuple *****************************/ | |
| 5187 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5188 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Parameters *arguments) |
| 159 | 5189 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) |
| 5190 { | |
| 5191 //printf("TypeTuple(this = %p)\n", this); | |
| 5192 this->arguments = arguments; | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5193 //printf("TypeTuple() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5194 #ifdef DEBUG |
| 5195 if (arguments) | |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5198 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5199 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5200 assert(arg && arg->type); |
| 5201 } | |
| 5202 } | |
| 5203 #endif | |
| 5204 } | |
| 5205 | |
| 5206 /**************** | |
| 5207 * Form TypeTuple from the types of the expressions. | |
| 5208 * Assume exps[] is already tuple expanded. | |
| 5209 */ | |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 TypeTuple::TypeTuple(Expressions *exps) | |
| 5212 : Type(Ttuple, NULL) | |
| 5213 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5214 Parameters *arguments = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5215 if (exps) |
| 5216 { | |
| 5217 arguments->setDim(exps->dim); | |
| 5218 for (size_t i = 0; i < exps->dim; i++) | |
| 5219 { Expression *e = (Expression *)exps->data[i]; | |
| 5220 if (e->type->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5221 e->error("cannot form tuple of tuples"); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5222 Parameter *arg = new Parameter(STCin, e->type, NULL, NULL); |
| 159 | 5223 arguments->data[i] = (void *)arg; |
| 5224 } | |
| 5225 } | |
| 5226 this->arguments = arguments; | |
| 5227 } | |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 Type *TypeTuple::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5230 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5231 Parameters *args = Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(arguments); |
| 159 | 5232 Type *t = new TypeTuple(args); |
| 5233 return t; | |
| 5234 } | |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 Type *TypeTuple::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5237 { | |
| 5238 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic(this = %p)\n", this); | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5239 //printf("TypeTuple::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); |
| 159 | 5240 if (!deco) |
| 5241 deco = merge()->deco; | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 /* Don't return merge(), because a tuple with one type has the | |
| 5244 * same deco as that type. | |
| 5245 */ | |
| 5246 return this; | |
| 5247 } | |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 int TypeTuple::equals(Object *o) | |
| 5250 { Type *t; | |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 t = (Type *)o; | |
| 5253 //printf("TypeTuple::equals(%s, %s)\n", toChars(), t->toChars()); | |
| 5254 if (this == t) | |
| 5255 { | |
| 5256 return 1; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 5258 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5259 { TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 if (arguments->dim == tt->arguments->dim) | |
| 5262 { | |
| 5263 for (size_t i = 0; i < tt->arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5264 { Parameter *arg1 = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5265 Parameter *arg2 = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5266 |
| 5267 if (!arg1->type->equals(arg2->type)) | |
| 5268 return 0; | |
| 5269 } | |
| 5270 return 1; | |
| 5271 } | |
| 5272 } | |
| 5273 return 0; | |
| 5274 } | |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 Type *TypeTuple::reliesOnTident() | |
| 5277 { | |
| 5278 if (arguments) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 for (size_t i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
| 5281 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5282 Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5283 Type *t = arg->type->reliesOnTident(); |
| 5284 if (t) | |
| 5285 return t; | |
| 5286 } | |
| 5287 } | |
| 5288 return NULL; | |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 void TypeTuple::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5292 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5293 Parameter::argsToCBuffer(buf, hgs, arguments, 0); |
| 159 | 5294 } |
| 5295 | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5296 void TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5297 { |
| 5298 //printf("TypeTuple::toDecoBuffer() this = %p\n", this); | |
| 5299 OutBuffer buf2; | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5300 Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(&buf2, arguments, mangle); |
| 159 | 5301 unsigned len = buf2.offset; |
| 5302 buf->printf("%c%d%.*s", mangleChar[ty], len, len, (char *)buf2.extractData()); | |
| 5303 } | |
| 5304 | |
| 5305 Expression *TypeTuple::getProperty(Loc loc, Identifier *ident) | |
| 5306 { Expression *e; | |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 #if LOGDOTEXP | |
| 5309 printf("TypeTuple::getProperty(type = '%s', ident = '%s')\n", toChars(), ident->toChars()); | |
| 5310 #endif | |
| 5311 if (ident == Id::length) | |
| 5312 { | |
| 5313 e = new IntegerExp(loc, arguments->dim, Type::tsize_t); | |
| 5314 } | |
| 5315 else | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 error(loc, "no property '%s' for tuple '%s'", ident->toChars(), toChars()); | |
| 5318 e = new IntegerExp(loc, 1, Type::tint32); | |
| 5319 } | |
| 5320 return e; | |
| 5321 } | |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 /***************************** TypeSlice *****************************/ | |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 /* This is so we can slice a TypeTuple */ | |
| 5326 | |
| 5327 TypeSlice::TypeSlice(Type *next, Expression *lwr, Expression *upr) | |
| 5328 : Type(Tslice, next) | |
| 5329 { | |
| 5330 //printf("TypeSlice[%s .. %s]\n", lwr->toChars(), upr->toChars()); | |
| 5331 this->lwr = lwr; | |
| 5332 this->upr = upr; | |
| 5333 } | |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 Type *TypeSlice::syntaxCopy() | |
| 5336 { | |
| 5337 Type *t = new TypeSlice(next->syntaxCopy(), lwr->syntaxCopy(), upr->syntaxCopy()); | |
| 5338 return t; | |
| 5339 } | |
| 5340 | |
| 5341 Type *TypeSlice::semantic(Loc loc, Scope *sc) | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 //printf("TypeSlice::semantic() %s\n", toChars()); | |
| 5344 next = next->semantic(loc, sc); | |
| 5345 //printf("next: %s\n", next->toChars()); | |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 Type *tbn = next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5348 if (tbn->ty != Ttuple) | |
| 5349 { error(loc, "can only slice tuple types, not %s", tbn->toChars()); | |
| 5350 return Type::terror; | |
| 5351 } | |
| 5352 TypeTuple *tt = (TypeTuple *)tbn; | |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 lwr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, lwr); | |
| 5355 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5356 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 upr = semanticLength(sc, tbn, upr); | |
| 5359 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5360 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= tt->arguments->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5363 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, tt->arguments->dim); |
| 159 | 5364 return Type::terror; |
| 5365 } | |
| 5366 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5367 Parameters *args = new Parameters; |
| 159 | 5368 args->reserve(i2 - i1); |
| 5369 for (size_t i = i1; i < i2; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5370 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)tt->arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5371 args->push(arg); |
| 5372 } | |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 return new TypeTuple(args); | |
| 5375 } | |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 void TypeSlice::resolve(Loc loc, Scope *sc, Expression **pe, Type **pt, Dsymbol **ps) | |
| 5378 { | |
| 5379 next->resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5380 if (*pe) | |
| 5381 { // It's really a slice expression | |
| 5382 Expression *e; | |
| 5383 e = new SliceExp(loc, *pe, lwr, upr); | |
| 5384 *pe = e; | |
| 5385 } | |
| 5386 else if (*ps) | |
| 5387 { Dsymbol *s = *ps; | |
| 5388 TupleDeclaration *td = s->isTupleDeclaration(); | |
| 5389 if (td) | |
| 5390 { | |
| 5391 /* It's a slice of a TupleDeclaration | |
| 5392 */ | |
| 5393 ScopeDsymbol *sym = new ArrayScopeSymbol(td); | |
| 5394 sym->parent = sc->scopesym; | |
| 5395 sc = sc->push(sym); | |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 lwr = lwr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5398 lwr = lwr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5399 uinteger_t i1 = lwr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 upr = upr->semantic(sc); | |
| 5402 upr = upr->optimize(WANTvalue); | |
| 5403 uinteger_t i2 = upr->toUInteger(); | |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 sc = sc->pop(); | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 if (!(i1 <= i2 && i2 <= td->objects->dim)) | |
|
1103
b30fe7e1dbb9
- Updated to DMD frontend 1.041.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1051
diff
changeset
|
5408 { error(loc, "slice [%ju..%ju] is out of range of [0..%u]", i1, i2, td->objects->dim); |
| 159 | 5409 goto Ldefault; |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 | |
| 5412 if (i1 == 0 && i2 == td->objects->dim) | |
| 5413 { | |
| 5414 *ps = td; | |
| 5415 return; | |
| 5416 } | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 /* Create a new TupleDeclaration which | |
| 5419 * is a slice [i1..i2] out of the old one. | |
| 5420 */ | |
| 5421 Objects *objects = new Objects; | |
| 5422 objects->setDim(i2 - i1); | |
| 5423 for (size_t i = 0; i < objects->dim; i++) | |
| 5424 { | |
| 5425 objects->data[i] = td->objects->data[(size_t)i1 + i]; | |
| 5426 } | |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 TupleDeclaration *tds = new TupleDeclaration(loc, td->ident, objects); | |
| 5429 *ps = tds; | |
| 5430 } | |
| 5431 else | |
| 5432 goto Ldefault; | |
| 5433 } | |
| 5434 else | |
| 5435 { | |
| 5436 Ldefault: | |
| 5437 Type::resolve(loc, sc, pe, pt, ps); | |
| 5438 } | |
| 5439 } | |
| 5440 | |
| 5441 void TypeSlice::toCBuffer2(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, int mod) | |
| 5442 { | |
| 5443 if (mod != this->mod) | |
| 5444 { toCBuffer3(buf, hgs, mod); | |
| 5445 return; | |
| 5446 } | |
| 5447 next->toCBuffer2(buf, hgs, this->mod); | |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 buf->printf("[%s .. ", lwr->toChars()); | |
| 5450 buf->printf("%s]", upr->toChars()); | |
| 5451 } | |
| 5452 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5453 /***************************** Parameter *****************************/ |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5454 |
|
1621
fb2e6707ad17
Merge DMD r314+r315: bugzilla 2029 Typesafe variadic functions don't...
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1619
diff
changeset
|
5455 Parameter::Parameter(StorageClass storageClass, Type *type, Identifier *ident, Expression *defaultArg) |
| 159 | 5456 { |
| 5457 this->type = type; | |
| 5458 this->ident = ident; | |
| 5459 this->storageClass = storageClass; | |
| 5460 this->defaultArg = defaultArg; | |
| 5461 } | |
| 5462 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5463 Parameter *Parameter::syntaxCopy() |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5464 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5465 Parameter *a = new Parameter(storageClass, |
| 159 | 5466 type ? type->syntaxCopy() : NULL, |
| 5467 ident, | |
| 5468 defaultArg ? defaultArg->syntaxCopy() : NULL); | |
| 5469 return a; | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5472 Parameters *Parameter::arraySyntaxCopy(Parameters *args) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5473 { Parameters *a = NULL; |
| 159 | 5474 |
| 5475 if (args) | |
| 5476 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5477 a = new Parameters(); |
| 159 | 5478 a->setDim(args->dim); |
| 5479 for (size_t i = 0; i < a->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5480 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5481 |
| 5482 arg = arg->syntaxCopy(); | |
| 5483 a->data[i] = (void *)arg; | |
| 5484 } | |
| 5485 } | |
| 5486 return a; | |
| 5487 } | |
| 5488 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5489 char *Parameter::argsTypesToChars(Parameters *args, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5490 { OutBuffer *buf; |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 buf = new OutBuffer(); | |
| 5493 | |
| 5494 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5495 if (args) | |
| 5496 { int i; | |
| 5497 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5498 HdrGenState hgs; | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 for (i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5501 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5502 |
| 5503 if (i) | |
| 5504 buf->writeByte(','); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5505 arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5506 argbuf.reset(); |
| 5507 arg->type->toCBuffer2(&argbuf, &hgs, 0); | |
| 5508 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5509 } | |
| 5510 if (varargs) | |
| 5511 { | |
| 5512 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5513 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5514 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5515 } | |
| 5516 } | |
| 5517 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 return buf->toChars(); | |
| 5520 } | |
| 5521 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5522 void Parameter::argsToCBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, HdrGenState *hgs, Parameters *arguments, int varargs) |
| 159 | 5523 { |
| 5524 buf->writeByte('('); | |
| 5525 if (arguments) | |
| 5526 { int i; | |
| 5527 OutBuffer argbuf; | |
| 5528 | |
| 5529 for (i = 0; i < arguments->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5530 { Parameter *arg; |
| 159 | 5531 |
| 5532 if (i) | |
| 5533 buf->writestring(", "); | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5534 arg = (Parameter *)arguments->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5535 if (arg->storageClass & STCout) |
| 5536 buf->writestring("out "); | |
| 5537 else if (arg->storageClass & STCref) | |
| 5538 buf->writestring((global.params.Dversion == 1) | |
| 5539 ? (char *)"inout " : (char *)"ref "); | |
| 5540 else if (arg->storageClass & STClazy) | |
| 5541 buf->writestring("lazy "); | |
| 5542 argbuf.reset(); | |
| 5543 arg->type->toCBuffer(&argbuf, arg->ident, hgs); | |
| 5544 if (arg->defaultArg) | |
| 5545 { | |
| 5546 argbuf.writestring(" = "); | |
| 5547 arg->defaultArg->toCBuffer(&argbuf, hgs); | |
| 5548 } | |
| 5549 buf->write(&argbuf); | |
| 5550 } | |
| 5551 if (varargs) | |
| 5552 { | |
| 5553 if (i && varargs == 1) | |
| 5554 buf->writeByte(','); | |
| 5555 buf->writestring("..."); | |
| 5556 } | |
| 5557 } | |
| 5558 buf->writeByte(')'); | |
| 5559 } | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5562 void Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, Parameters *arguments, bool mangle) |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5563 { |
|
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5564 //printf("Parameter::argsToDecoBuffer()\n"); |
| 159 | 5565 |
| 5566 // Write argument types | |
| 5567 if (arguments) | |
| 5568 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5569 size_t dim = Parameter::dim(arguments); |
| 159 | 5570 for (size_t i = 0; i < dim; i++) |
| 5571 { | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5572 Parameter *arg = Parameter::getNth(arguments, i); |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5573 arg->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5574 } |
| 5575 } | |
| 5576 } | |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 /**************************************************** | |
| 5579 * Determine if parameter is a lazy array of delegates. | |
| 5580 * If so, return the return type of those delegates. | |
| 5581 * If not, return NULL. | |
| 5582 */ | |
| 5583 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5584 Type *Parameter::isLazyArray() |
| 159 | 5585 { |
| 5586 // if (inout == Lazy) | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 Type *tb = type->toBasetype(); | |
| 5589 if (tb->ty == Tsarray || tb->ty == Tarray) | |
| 5590 { | |
| 5591 Type *tel = tb->next->toBasetype(); | |
| 5592 if (tel->ty == Tdelegate) | |
| 5593 { | |
| 5594 TypeDelegate *td = (TypeDelegate *)tel; | |
| 5595 TypeFunction *tf = (TypeFunction *)td->next; | |
| 5596 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5597 if (!tf->varargs && Parameter::dim(tf->parameters) == 0) |
| 159 | 5598 { |
| 5599 return tf->next; // return type of delegate | |
| 5600 } | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 } | |
| 5603 } | |
| 5604 return NULL; | |
| 5605 } | |
| 5606 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5607 void Parameter::toDecoBuffer(OutBuffer *buf, bool mangle) |
| 159 | 5608 { |
| 5609 switch (storageClass & (STCin | STCout | STCref | STClazy)) | |
| 5610 { case 0: | |
| 5611 case STCin: | |
| 5612 break; | |
| 5613 case STCout: | |
| 5614 buf->writeByte('J'); | |
| 5615 break; | |
| 5616 case STCref: | |
| 5617 buf->writeByte('K'); | |
| 5618 break; | |
| 5619 case STClazy: | |
| 5620 buf->writeByte('L'); | |
| 5621 break; | |
| 5622 default: | |
| 5623 #ifdef DEBUG | |
| 5624 halt(); | |
| 5625 #endif | |
| 5626 assert(0); | |
| 5627 } | |
|
1228
79758fd2f48a
Added Doxygen file.
Tomas Lindquist Olsen <tomas.l.olsen gmail.com>
parents:
1195
diff
changeset
|
5628 type->toDecoBuffer(buf, mangle); |
| 159 | 5629 } |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 /*************************************** | |
| 5632 * Determine number of arguments, folding in tuples. | |
| 5633 */ | |
| 5634 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5635 size_t Parameter::dim(Parameters *args) |
| 159 | 5636 { |
| 5637 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5638 if (args) | |
| 5639 { | |
| 5640 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5641 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5642 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5645 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5646 n += dim(tu->arguments); | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 else | |
| 5649 n++; | |
| 5650 } | |
| 5651 } | |
| 5652 return n; | |
| 5653 } | |
| 5654 | |
| 5655 /*************************************** | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5656 * Get nth Parameter, folding in tuples. |
| 159 | 5657 * Returns: |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5658 * Parameter* nth Parameter |
| 159 | 5659 * NULL not found, *pn gets incremented by the number |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5660 * of Parameters |
| 159 | 5661 */ |
| 5662 | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5663 Parameter *Parameter::getNth(Parameters *args, size_t nth, size_t *pn) |
| 159 | 5664 { |
| 5665 if (!args) | |
| 5666 return NULL; | |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 size_t n = 0; | |
| 5669 for (size_t i = 0; i < args->dim; i++) | |
|
1607
207a8a438dea
Merge DMD r253: refactor: Argument => Parameter
Leandro Lucarella <llucax@gmail.com>
parents:
1587
diff
changeset
|
5670 { Parameter *arg = (Parameter *)args->data[i]; |
| 159 | 5671 Type *t = arg->type->toBasetype(); |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 if (t->ty == Ttuple) | |
| 5674 { TypeTuple *tu = (TypeTuple *)t; | |
| 5675 arg = getNth(tu->arguments, nth - n, &n); | |
| 5676 if (arg) | |
| 5677 return arg; | |
| 5678 } | |
| 5679 else if (n == nth) | |
| 5680 return arg; | |
| 5681 else | |
| 5682 n++; | |
| 5683 } | |
| 5684 | |
| 5685 if (pn) | |
| 5686 *pn += n; | |
| 5687 return NULL; | |
| 5688 } |